e20vf
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON March
31, 2010
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 20-F
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
o
|
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR
(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
|
or
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2009
|
or
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
for the transition period
from to
|
or
|
o
|
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
Date of event requiring this shell company report
|
Commission file number
1-16055
PEARSON PLC
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
England and Wales
(Jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization)
80 Strand
London, England WC2R
0RL
(Address of principal executive
offices)
Stephen Jones
Telephone: +44 20 7010
2000
Fax: +44 20 7010 6060
80 Strand
London, England WC2R
0RL
(Name, Telephone,
E-mail
and/or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact
Person)
Securities registered or to be
registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
|
|
*Ordinary Shares, 25p par value
American Depositary Shares, each Representing One Ordinary
Share, 25p per Ordinary Share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange
|
* Not for trading, but only in
connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares,
pursuant to the requirements of the SEC.
Securities registered or to be
registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a
reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the
Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the
issuers classes of capital or common stock at the close of
the period covered by the annual report:
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary Shares, 25p par value
|
|
|
810,799,351
|
|
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes
þ
No
o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by
check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934. Yes
o
No
þ
Note Checking the box above will not relieve any
registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their
obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if
any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and
posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to submit and post such
files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated file and
large accelerated filer, in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
þ Large accelerated filer
|
|
o Accelerated filer
|
|
o Non-accelerated filer
|
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant
has used to prepare the financial statements included in this
filing
|
|
|
|
|
o
US GAAP
|
|
þ
International financial Reporting Standards as Issued by
the
International Accounting Standards Board
|
|
o Other
|
If Other has been checked in response to the
previous question, indicate by check mark which financial
statement item the Registrant has elected to follow:
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the
registrant is a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act):
INTRODUCTION
In this Annual Report on
Form 20-F
(the Annual Report) references to
Pearson, the Company or the
Group are references to Pearson plc, its
predecessors and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the
context otherwise requires. Ordinary Shares refer to
the ordinary share capital of Pearson of par value 25p each.
ADSs refer to American Depositary Shares which are
Ordinary Shares deposited pursuant to the Deposit Agreement
dated March 21, 1995, amended and restated as of
August 8, 2000 among Pearson, The Bank of New York as
depositary (the Depositary) and owners and holders
of ADSs (the Deposit Agreement). ADSs are
represented by American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)
delivered by the Depositary under the terms of the Deposit
Agreement.
We have prepared the financial information contained in this
Annual Report in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)
which in respect of the accounting standards applicable to the
Group do not differ from IFRS as adopted by the European Union
(EU). Unless we indicate otherwise, any reference in
this Annual Report to our consolidated financial statements is
to the consolidated financial statements and the related notes,
included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
We publish our consolidated financial statements in sterling. We
have included, however, references to other currencies. In this
Annual Report:
|
|
|
|
|
references to sterling, pounds,
pence or £ are to the lawful
currency of the United Kingdom,
|
|
|
|
references to euro or are to the
euro, the lawful currency of the participating Member States in
the Third Stage of the European Economic and Monetary Union of
the Treaty Establishing the European Commission, and
|
|
|
|
references to US dollars, dollars,
cents or $ are to the lawful currency of
the United States.
|
For convenience and except where we specify otherwise, we have
translated some sterling figures into US dollars at the rate of
£1.00 = $1.62, the noon buying rate in The City of New York
for cable transfers and foreign currencies as certified by the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes on
December 31, 2009, the last business day of 2009. We do not
make any representation that the amounts of sterling have been,
could have been or could be converted into dollars at the rates
indicated. On February 28, 2010 the noon buying rate for
sterling was £1.00 = $1.52.
The Group consists of three major world wide businesses, Pearson
Education, The FT Group (FT) and the Penguin Group
(Penguin). See Item 4. Information on the
Company Overview of operating divisions.
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
You should not rely unduly on forward-looking statements in this
Annual Report. This Annual Report, including the sections
entitled Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors, Item 4. Information on the
Company and Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects, contains forward-looking statements
that relate to future events or our future financial
performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking
statements by terms such as may, will,
should, expect, intend,
plan, anticipate, believe,
estimate, predict,
potential, continue or the negative of
these terms or other comparable terminology. Examples of these
forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to,
statements regarding the following:
|
|
|
|
|
operations and prospects,
|
|
|
|
growth strategy,
|
|
|
|
funding needs and financing resources,
|
|
|
|
expected financial position,
|
|
|
|
market risk,
|
|
|
|
currency risk,
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
US federal and state spending patterns,
|
|
|
|
debt levels, and
|
|
|
|
general market and economic conditions.
|
These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown
risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our or our
industrys actual results, levels of activity, performance
or achievements to be materially different from any future
results, levels of activity, performance or achievements
expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In
evaluating them, you should consider various factors, including
the risks outlined under Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors, which may cause
actual events or our industrys results to differ
materially from those expressed or implied by any
forward-looking statement. Although we believe that the
expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are
reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements.
5
PART I
|
|
ITEM 1.
|
IDENTITY
OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
|
Not applicable.
|
|
ITEM 2.
|
OFFER
STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
|
Not applicable.
Selected
consolidated financial data
Following the publication of SEC Release No
33-8879
Acceptance From Foreign Private Issuers of Financial
Statements Prepared in Accordance With International Financial
Reporting Standards Without Reconciliation to
U.S. GAAP, the Group no longer provides a
reconciliation between IFRS and U.S. GAAP.
The table below shows selected consolidated financial data under
IFRS as issued by the IASB. The selected consolidated profit and
loss account data for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data
as at December 31, 2009 and 2008 have been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements included in
Item 18. Financial Statements in this Annual
Report.
The selected consolidated financial information should be read
in conjunction with Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects and our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this
Annual Report. The information provided below is not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected from future
operations.
For convenience, we have translated the 2009 amounts into US
dollars at the rate of £1.00 = $1.62, the noon buying rate
in The City of New York for cable transfers and foreign
currencies as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
for customs purposes on December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
$
|
|
£
|
|
£
|
|
£
|
|
£
|
|
£
|
|
|
(In millions, except for per share amounts)
|
|
IFRS information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Income Statement data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total sales
|
|
|
9,111
|
|
|
|
5,624
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
|
|
3,990
|
|
|
|
3,662
|
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
1,223
|
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
Profit after taxation from continuing operations
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
319
|
|
Profit for the financial year
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
644
|
|
Consolidated Earnings data per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per equity share(1)
|
|
$
|
0.86
|
|
|
|
53.2p
|
|
|
|
36.6p
|
|
|
|
35.6p
|
|
|
|
55.9p
|
|
|
|
78.2p
|
|
Diluted earnings per equity share(2)
|
|
$
|
0.86
|
|
|
|
53.1p
|
|
|
|
36.6p
|
|
|
|
35.6p
|
|
|
|
55.8p
|
|
|
|
78.1p
|
|
Basic earnings from continuing operations per equity share(1)
|
|
$
|
0.86
|
|
|
|
53.2p
|
|
|
|
47.9p
|
|
|
|
39.0p
|
|
|
|
52.7p
|
|
|
|
37.5p
|
|
Diluted earnings from continuing operations per equity share(2)
|
|
$
|
0.86
|
|
|
|
53.1p
|
|
|
|
47.9p
|
|
|
|
39.0p
|
|
|
|
52.6p
|
|
|
|
37.4p
|
|
Dividends per ordinary share
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
|
35.5p
|
|
|
|
33.8p
|
|
|
|
31.6p
|
|
|
|
29.3p
|
|
|
|
27.0p
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet data at
period end
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets (non-current assets plus current assets)
|
|
|
15,247
|
|
|
|
9,412
|
|
|
|
9,896
|
|
|
|
7,292
|
|
|
|
7,213
|
|
|
|
7,600
|
|
Net assets
|
|
|
7,510
|
|
|
|
4,636
|
|
|
|
5,024
|
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
3,644
|
|
|
|
3,733
|
|
Long-term obligations(3)
|
|
|
(4,943
|
)
|
|
|
(3,051
|
)
|
|
|
(2,902
|
)
|
|
|
(1,681
|
)
|
|
|
(1,853
|
)
|
|
|
(2,500
|
)
|
Capital stock
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
Number of equity shares outstanding (millions of ordinary shares)
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
|
806
|
|
|
|
804
|
|
6
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Basic earnings per equity share is based on profit for the
financial period and the weighted average number of ordinary
shares in issue during the period. |
|
(2) |
|
Diluted earnings per equity share is based on diluted earnings
for the financial period and the diluted weighted average number
of ordinary shares in issue during the period. Diluted earnings
comprise earnings adjusted for the tax benefit on the conversion
of share options by employees and the weighted average number of
ordinary shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of share
options. |
|
(3) |
|
Long-term obligations comprise any liabilities with a maturity
of more than one year, including medium and long-term
borrowings, derivative financial instruments, pension
obligations and deferred income tax liabilities. |
|
(4) |
|
The results of the Data Management business (disposed in
February 2008) have been included in discontinued
operations for all years to 2008. The results of Government
Solutions (disposed in February 2007) and Les Echos
(disposed in December 2007) have been included in
discontinued operations for all the years to 2007. |
Dividend
information
We pay dividends to holders of ordinary shares on dates that are
fixed in accordance with the guidelines of the London Stock
Exchange. Our board of directors normally declares an interim
dividend in July or August of each year to be paid in September
or October. Our board of directors normally recommends a final
dividend following the end of the fiscal year to which it
relates, to be paid in the following May or June, subject to
shareholders approval at our annual general meeting. At
our annual general meeting on April 30, 2010 our
shareholders will be asked to approve a final dividend of 23.3p
per ordinary share for the year ended December 31, 2009.
The table below sets forth the amounts of interim, final and
total dividends paid in respect of each fiscal year indicated,
and is translated into cents per ordinary share at the noon
buying rate in The City of New York on each of the respective
payment dates for interim and final dividends. The final
dividend for the 2009 fiscal year will be paid on May 7,
2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year
|
|
Interim
|
|
|
Final
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Interim
|
|
|
Final
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Pence per ordinary share)
|
|
|
(Cents per ordinary share)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
23.3
|
|
|
|
35.5
|
|
|
|
19.8
|
|
|
|
37.7
|
*
|
|
|
57.5
|
|
2008
|
|
|
11.8
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
|
|
33.8
|
|
|
|
21.6
|
|
|
|
33.2
|
|
|
|
54.8
|
|
2007
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
|
|
|
31.6
|
|
|
|
22.4
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
|
|
|
62.3
|
|
2006
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
|
|
|
29.3
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
31.4
|
|
|
|
51.4
|
|
2005
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
27.0
|
|
|
|
17.8
|
|
|
|
29.8
|
|
|
|
47.6
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
As the 2009 final dividend had not been paid by the filing date,
the dividend has been translated into cents using the noon
buying rate for sterling at December 31, 2009. |
Future dividends will be dependent on our future earnings,
financial condition and cash flow, as well as other factors
affecting the Group.
7
Exchange
rate information
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,
information concerning the noon buying rate for sterling,
expressed in dollars per pound sterling. The average rate is
calculated by using the average of the noon buying rates in The
City of New York on each day during a monthly period and on the
last day of each month during an annual period. On
December 31, 2009 the noon buying rate for cable transfers
and foreign currencies as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York for customs purposes for sterling was £1.00 =
$1.62. On February 28, 2010 the noon buying rate for
sterling was £1.00 = $1.52.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
February 2010
|
|
$
|
1.60
|
|
|
$
|
1.52
|
|
January 2010
|
|
$
|
1.64
|
|
|
$
|
1.59
|
|
December 2009
|
|
$
|
1.66
|
|
|
$
|
1.59
|
|
November 2009
|
|
$
|
1.68
|
|
|
$
|
1.64
|
|
October 2009
|
|
$
|
1.66
|
|
|
$
|
1.59
|
|
September 2009
|
|
$
|
1.67
|
|
|
$
|
1.59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
Average rate
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
1.57
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
1.84
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
2.01
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
1.84
|
|
2005
|
|
$
|
1.81
|
|
Risk
factors
You should carefully consider the risk factors described
below, as well as the other information included in this Annual
Report. Our business, financial condition or results from
operations could be materially adversely affected by any or all
of these risks, or by other risks that we presently cannot
identify.
Global
economic conditions may adversely impact our financial
performance.
As the current economic environment remains dynamic and
challenging, the risk of weak trading conditions continues in
2010 which could adversely impact our financial performance. The
effect of a continued deterioration in the global economy will
vary across our different businesses and will depend on the
depth, length and severity of any economic downturn. Specific
economic risks by business are described more fully in the other
risk factors below.
A
significant deterioration in Group profitability and/or cash
flow caused by a severe economic depression could reduce our
liquidity and/or impair our financial ratios, and trigger a need
to raise additional funds from the capital markets and/or
renegotiate our banking covenants.
A prolonged and severe economic depression could significantly
reduce the Groups revenues, profitability and cash flows
as customers would be unable to purchase products and services
in the expected quantities
and/or pay
for them within normal agreed terms. A liquidity shortfall may
delay certain development initiatives or may expose the Group to
a need to negotiate further funding. If there was a steep
decline in operating profit the Group might breach its banking
covenants, creating (or exacerbating) a need for further funding
(or a renegotiation of the terms of the bank credit agreement)
to maintain operations. The current fragile state of the credit
markets could expose the Group to a risk that it could neither
re-negotiate its existing banking facilities, nor raise enough
new funding, at a cost level that was sustainable for the
business. Were this to occur, the inability to raise funding
would likely lead to a curtailment in investment and growth
plans, potential asset disposals (if possible), reduction or
elimination in the dividend and in an extreme case a need to
restructure the Groups debt, business model and terms of
trade. In such event, the value of the Groups equity could
not be assured.
8
Our US
educational solutions and assessment businesses may be adversely
affected by changes in state and local educational funding
resulting from either general economic conditions, changes in
government educational funding, programs and legislation (both
at the federal and state level), and/or changes in the state
procurement process.
The results and growth of our US educational solutions and
assessment businesses is dependent on the level of federal and
state educational funding, which in turn is dependent on the
robustness of state finances and the level of funding allocated
to educational programs. State, local and municipal finances
have been adversely affected by the US recession. In response to
budget shortfalls, states and districts may reduce educational
spending as they seek cost savings to mitigate budget deficits.
The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act provided additional
federal funding for education; the potential impact of this new
money on our markets remains uncertain.
Federal
and/or state
legislative changes can also affect the funding available for
educational expenditure, which include changes in assessment
policy, the reauthorization of the Elementary and Secondary
Education Act, along with the movement to a common core of
skills and knowledge. Similarly changes in the state procurement
process for textbooks, learning material and student tests,
particularly in the adoptions market can also affect our
markets. For example, changes in curricula, delays in the timing
of the adoptions and changes in the student testing process can
all affect these programs and therefore the size of our market
in any given year.
There are multiple competing demands for educational funds and
there is no guarantee that states will fund new textbooks or
testing programs, or that we will win this business.
We
generate a substantial proportion of our revenue in foreign
currencies particularly the US dollar, and foreign exchange rate
fluctuations could adversely affect our earnings and the
strength of our balance sheet.
As with any international business our earnings can be
materially affected by exchange rate movements. We are
particularly exposed to movements in the US dollar to sterling
exchange rate as approximately 60% of our revenue is generated
in US dollars. Sales for 2009, translated at 2008 average rates,
would have been £4,984m or 11% lower.
This is primarily a currency translation risk that only arises
on consolidation and is the result of translating entities into
sterling for reporting purposes (i.e. non-cash flow item), and
not a trading risk (i.e. cash flow item) as our foreign currency
trading cash flows in individual operating companies are
relatively limited. See Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects General Overview,
Exchange rate fluctuations.
Pearson currently generates approximately 60% of its sales in US
dollars and each 5¢ change in the average £:$ exchange
rate for the full year (which in 2009 was £1:$1.57) has a
translation impact of approximately 1.3p on reported earnings
per share and affect shareholders funds by approximately
£120m.
Our
intellectual property and proprietary rights may not be
adequately protected under current laws in some jurisdictions
and that may adversely affect our results and our ability to
grow.
Our products and services largely comprise intellectual property
delivered through a variety of media, including newspapers,
books, the internet and other growing delivery platforms. We
rely on trademark, copyright and other intellectual property
laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights in these
products and services.
We cannot be sure that our proprietary rights will not be
challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Our intellectual
property rights in countries such as the US and UK,
jurisdictions covering the largest proportion of our operations,
are well established. However, we also conduct business in other
countries where the extent of effective legal protection for
intellectual property rights is uncertain, and this uncertainty
could affect our future growth. Moreover, despite trademark and
copyright protection, third parties may copy, infringe or
otherwise profit from our proprietary rights without our
authorization.
These unauthorized activities may be more easily facilitated by
the internet. The lack of internet-specific legislation relating
to trademark and copyright protection creates an additional
challenge for us in protecting our proprietary rights relating
to our online business processes and other digital technology
rights. The loss or
9
diminution in value of these proprietary rights or our
intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on
our business and financial performance.
In that regard, Google reached a tentative settlement in 2008
with the Authors Guild and the Association of American
Publishers over Googles plans to copy the full text of all
books ever published without permission of the copyright owners,
including Pearson. The agreement was revised in 2009 to narrow
the definition of books covered under the settlement agreement
to those registered with the US Copyright Office by January 2009
or published in Australia, UK, Canada or US. Subject to final
court approvals, the settlement would allow copyright owners of
books covered by it to control the online display of those books
by Google, with a sharing of revenues derived from that display.
Our
reported earnings and cash flows may be adversely affected by
changes in our pension costs and funding
requirements.
We operate a number of pension plans throughout the world, the
principal ones being in the UK and US. The major plans are
self-administered with the plans assets held independently
of the Group. Regular valuations, conducted by independent
qualified actuaries, are used to determine pension costs and
funding requirements. As these assets are invested in the
capital markets, which are often volatile, the plans may require
additional funding from us, which could have an adverse impact
on our results.
It is our policy to ensure that each pension plan is adequately
funded, over time, to meet its ongoing and future liabilities.
Our earnings and cash flows may be adversely affected by the
need to provide additional funding to eliminate pension fund
deficits in our defined benefit plans. Our greatest exposure
relates to our UK defined benefit pension plan, which is valued
once every three years. Pension fund deficits may arise because
of inadequate investment returns, increased member life
expectancy, changes in actuarial assumptions and changes in
pension regulations, including accounting rules and minimum
funding requirements.
The plan trustees and the company finalised the latest triennial
valuation for funding purposes (as at January 1, 2009) on
March 22, 2010.
We
operate in a highly competitive environment that is subject to
rapid change and we must continue to invest and adapt to remain
competitive.
Our education, business information and book publishing
businesses all operate in highly competitive markets, which are
constantly changing in response to competition, technological
innovations and other factors. We may be required to invest
significant resources to further adapt to the changing
competitive environment. A common trend facing all our
businesses is the digitization of content and proliferation of
distribution channels, either over the internet, or via other
electronic means, replacing traditional print formats. If we do
not adapt rapidly to these changes we may lose business to
faster more agile competitors, who
increasingly are non-traditional competitors, i.e. technology
companies, making their identification all the more difficult.
Illustrations of the competitive threats we face at present
include:
|
|
|
|
|
Students seeking cheaper sources of content, e.g. online
discounters, file sharing, use of pirated copies, used books or
re-imported textbooks, along with the open source initiative are
causing us to lose sales and putting downward pressure on
textbook prices in our major markets.
|
|
|
|
Competition from major publishers, technology companies and
other educational material and service providers, including not
for profit organizations, in our US educational solutions and
assessment businesses.
|
|
|
|
Penguin: the digital migration brings the need for change in
product distribution, consumers perception of value and
the publishers position between retailers and authors,
which affects managing stock levels.
|
|
|
|
FT: we face competitive threats both from large media players
and from smaller businesses, online and mobile portals and news
redistributors operating in the digital arena and providing
alternative sources of news and information.
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
People: the investments we make in our employees, combined with
our employment policies and practices, we believe are critical
factors enabling us to recruit and retain the very best people
in our business sectors.
|
|
|
|
Financial Systems and Processes: we are embarking on a
substantial transformation programme based around shared and
common processes and services, which is expected to result in
significant cost savings in future years. The programme may take
longer than planned, cost more than planned, and may cause
disruption to our business. We cannot be certain that we will
realise the anticipated savings in full.
|
A
major data privacy breach may cause reputational damage to our
brands and financial loss.
Across our businesses we hold large volumes of personal data
including that of employees, customers and, in our assessment
businesses, students and citizens. Failure to adequately protect
personal data could lead to penalties, significant remediation
costs, reputational damage, potential cancellation of some
existing contracts and inability to compete for future business.
At
Penguin, changes in product distribution channel and/or customer
bankruptcy may restrict our ability to grow and affect our
profitability.
New distribution channels, e.g. digital format, the internet,
online retailers, growing delivery platforms
(e.g. e-readers),
combined with the concentration of retailer power pose both
threats and opportunities to our traditional consumer publishing
models, potentially impacting both sales volumes and pricing.
Penguins financial performance could also be negatively
affected by the bankruptcy of a major retail customer which
disrupts short-term product supply to the market as well as
results in a large debt write off. The economic slowdown has
increased this risk in the short term.
Reductions
in advertising revenues and/or circulation will adversely affect
the profitability of our newspaper business.
Our newspaper business has diversified its revenue streams but
remains dependent on advertising income. The business has high
operational gearing; relatively small changes in revenue,
positive or negative, have a disproportionate effect on
profitability. Any downturn in corporate and financial
advertising spend due to the economic slowdown will negatively
impact the results of the Financial Times newspaper. The
outlook for advertising markets, which remain subject to
macroeconomic conditions, is not clear and visibility is low.
Our customers can increasingly access their information through
different channels and from alternative suppliers. This allows
our newspaper businesses to distribute and monetize their
content in new ways. Our ability to offer a range of content
channels provides some protection against the risk of decline of
any one format. For example, we might see a decline in print
circulation in our more mature markets as readers migrate online
or via mobile platforms, although we see further opportunities
for growth in our less mature markets. However, if the migration
of readers to new digital formats occurs more quickly than we
expect, this is likely to adversely affect print advertising and
our newspapers profitability.
Operational
disruption to our business caused by a major disaster and/or
external threats could restrict our ability to supply products
and services to our customers.
Across all our businesses, we manage complex operational and
logistical arrangements including distribution centers, data
centers and large office facilities as well as relationships
with third party print sites. We have also outsourced some
support functions, including information technology, to third
party providers. Failure to recover from a major disaster, (e.g.
fire, flood etc) at a key facility or the disruption of supply
from a key third party vendor or partner (e.g. due to
bankruptcy) could restrict our ability to service our customers.
Similarly external threats, such as a flu pandemic, terrorist
attacks, strikes, weather etc, could all affect our business and
employees, disrupting our daily business activities.
11
A
control breakdown or service failure in our school assessment
businesses could result in financial loss and reputational
damage.
There are inherent risks associated with our school assessment
businesses, both in the US and the UK. A service failure caused
by a breakdown in our testing and assessment processes could
lead to a mis-grading of student tests
and/or late
delivery of test results to students and their schools. In
either event we may be subject to legal claims, penalty charges
under our contracts, non-renewal of contracts
and/or the
suspension or withdrawal of our accreditation to conduct tests.
It is also possible that such events would result in adverse
publicity, which may affect our ability to retain existing
contracts
and/or
obtain new customers.
Failure
to generate anticipated revenue growth, synergies and/or cost
savings from acquisitions could lead to goodwill and intangible
asset impairments.
We continually acquire and dispose of businesses to achieve our
strategic objectives. In 2009 we acquired Wall Street English,
Chinas leading provider of premium English language
training to adults, for £101m. In South Africa, the
company received regulatory approval for the acquisition of the
majority stake in Maskew Miller Longman (MML) which we
intend to integrate with Heinemann South Africa.
Acquired goodwill and intangible assets could be impaired if we
are unable to generate the anticipated revenue growth, synergies
and/or cost
savings associated with these or other acquisitions.
Changes
in our tax position can significantly affect our reported
earnings and cash flows.
Changes in corporate tax rates
and/or other
relevant tax laws in the UK
and/or the
US could have a material impact on our future reported tax rate
and/or our
future tax payments.
Our
professional services and school assessment businesses involve
complex contractual relationships with both government agencies
and commercial customers for the provision of various testing
services. Our financial results, growth prospects and/or
reputation may be adversely affected if these contracts and
relationships are poorly managed.
These businesses are characterized by multi-million pound
sterling contracts spread over several years. As in any
contracting business, there are inherent risks associated with
the bidding process,
start-up,
operational performance and contract compliance (including
penalty clauses) which could adversely affect our financial
performance
and/or
reputation. Failure to retain these contracts at the end of the
contract term could adversely impact our future revenue growth.
At Edexcel, our UK Examination board and testing business, any
change in UK Government policy to examination marking (e.g.,
price capping) could have a significant impact on our present
business model.
We
operate in markets which are dependent on Information Technology
(IT) systems and technological change.
All our businesses, to a greater or lesser extent, are dependent
on information technology. We either provide software
and/or
internet services to our customers or we use complex IT systems
and products to support our business activities, particularly in
Interactive Data and business information publishing,
back-office processing and infrastructure.
We face several technological risks associated with software
product development and service delivery in our educational
businesses, information technology security (including virus and
hacker attacks),
e-commerce,
enterprise resource planning system implementations and
upgrades. The failure to recruit and retain staff with relevant
skills may constrain our ability to grow as we combine
traditional publishing products with online and service
offerings.
12
Investment
returns outside our traditional core US and UK markets may be
lower than anticipated.
To take advantage of international growth opportunities and to
reduce our reliance on our core US and UK markets we are
increasing our investments in a number of emerging markets, some
of which are inherently more risky than our traditional markets.
Political, economic, currency, reputational and corporate
governance risks (including fraud) as well as unmanaged
expansion are all factors which could limit our returns on
investments made in these markets.
|
|
ITEM 4.
|
INFORMATION
ON THE COMPANY
|
Pearson
Pearson is an international media and education company with its
principal operations in the education, business information and
consumer publishing markets. We create and manage intellectual
property, which we promote and sell to our customers under
well-known brand names, to inform, educate and entertain. We
deliver our content in a variety of forms and through a variety
of channels, including books, newspapers and online services. We
increasingly offer services as well as content, from test
creation, administration and processing to teacher development
and school software. Though we operate in more than 60 countries
around the world, today our largest markets are the US (62% of
sales) and Europe (22% of sales) on a continuing basis.
Pearson was incorporated and registered in 1897 under the laws
of England and Wales as a limited company and re-registered
under the UK Companies Act as a public limited company in 1981.
We conduct our operations primarily through our subsidiaries and
other affiliates. Our principal executive offices are located at
80 Strand, London WC2R 0RL, United Kingdom (telephone: +44
(0) 20 7010 2000).
Overview
of operating divisions
Pearson consists of three major worldwide businesses:
Pearson Education is the worlds leading education
company, providing educational materials, technologies,
assessments and services to teachers and students of all ages.
It is also a leading provider of electronic learning programmes
and of test development, processing and scoring services to
educational institutions, corporations and professional bodies
around the world. In 2009, Pearson Education operated through
three worldwide segments, which we refer to as North
American Education, International Education
and Professional:
The FT Group provides business and financial news, data,
comment and analysis, in print and online, to the international
business community. It has two major parts:
|
|
|
|
|
FT Publishing includes the globally focused Financial Times
newspaper and FT.com website, a range of specialist
financial magazines and online services, and Mergermarket, which
provides proprietary forward-looking insights and intelligence
to businesses and financial institutions.
|
|
|
|
Interactive Data provides specialist financial data to financial
institutions and retail investors. Pearson owns a 61% interest
in Interactive Data, which is publicly listed on the New York
Stock Exchange (NYSE:IDC).
|
The FT Group also has a 50% ownership stake in both The
Economist Group and FTSE International.
The Penguin Group is one of the worlds leading
consumer publishing businesses and an iconic global brand. We
publish the works of many authors in an extensive portfolio of
fiction, non-fiction and reference titles under imprints
including Penguin, Hamish Hamilton, Putnam, Berkley, and Dorling
Kindersley.
Our
strategy
Our goal is to be the worlds leading education
company, and to help people make progress in their lives through
learning, wherever and whenever they are learning
young or old; at home, school or at work; and through whatever
medium and style of learning is most effective.
13
We aim to produce consistent growth on three key financial
measures earnings per share, cash flow and return
on invested capital which we believe are, together,
good indicators that we are building long-term value of Pearson.
To achieve this goal, our strategy has four parts, common to all
our businesses:
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term organic investment in content: We invest steadily in
content such as new education programmes, new and established
authors for Penguin and the FTs journalism. We believe
that this constant investment is critical to the quality and
effectiveness of our products and services.
|
|
|
|
Digital and services businesses: Our strategy centers on adding
services to our content, usually enabled by technology, to make
the content more useful, personal and valuable. These digital
and services businesses give us access to new sources of
revenues to sustain growth. We now receive close to one-third of
our annual sales from digital products and services which is
more than double the total five years ago.
|
|
|
|
International markets: Pearson has market leading positions in
major developed economies, particularly the US, UK and Western
Europe. We are already present in more than 60 countries and we
are investing to become a much larger global education company,
with particular emphasis on emerging markets, such as China,
India, Africa and Latin America. Over the past 5 years our
international (meaning outside North
America) education business has grown sales at an average
annual rate of 17%.
|
|
|
|
Efficiency: The businesses of Pearson have a lot in common, in
costs, assets, and activities. Pooling those makes the company
stronger and more efficient. It also allows our businesses to
learn from each other and to collaborate to save money. On that
basis we have invested for efficiency through savings in our
individual businesses and through a strong centralized
operations structure. We are integrated in many areas where our
businesses share the same needs purchasing,
warehousing, distribution, facilities and real estate, project
management, people resources, finance and accounting, and
transactions. Over the past five years, we have increased our
adjusted operating profit margins from 12.8% to 15.3% and
reduced average working capital as a percentage of sales from
27.4% to 25.1%. Adjusted operating profit is a key financial
measure used by management to evaluate performance and allocate
resources to our business segments. See Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review.
|
Operating
divisions
Pearson
Education
Pearson Education is one of the largest publishers of textbooks
and online teaching materials. It serves the growing demands of
teachers, students, parents and professionals throughout the
world for stimulating and effective education programs in print
and online.
We report Pearson Educations performance in the three
segments: North American Education, International Education, and
Professional. In 2009, Pearson Education had sales of
£3,780m or 67% (65% in 2008) of Pearsons total.
Pearson Education generated 67% of Pearsons operating
profit.
North
American Education
Our North American business serves educators and students in the
USA and Canada from early education through elementary, middle
and high schools and into higher education with a wide range of
products and services: curriculum textbooks and other learning
materials; student assessments and testing services; and
education technologies. Pearson has a leading position in each
of these areas and a distinctive strategy of connecting those
parts to support institutions and personalize learning. In 2008
we began to integrate our North American School and Higher
Education companies, which we believe will bring significant
opportunities to develop growth businesses, to share investments
and technologies and to gain further efficiencies.
Our North American School business contains a unique mix of
publishing, testing and technology products for the elementary
and secondary school markets, which are increasingly integrated.
The major customers of this business are state education boards
and local school districts. The business publishes high quality
curriculum programmes for school students, at both elementary
and secondary level, under a number of imprints including Scott
Foresman and Prentice Hall.
14
Our school testing business is the leading provider of test
development, processing and scoring services to US states and
the federal government. Its capabilities have been further
enhanced through the integration of the Harcourt Assessment
business. We are also a leading provider of electronic learning
programs for schools, and of Student Information
Systems technology which enables elementary and secondary
schools and school districts to record and manage information
about student attendance and performance.
Our North American Higher Education business is the largest
publisher of textbooks and related course materials for colleges
and universities in the US. We publish across all of the main
fields of study with imprints such as Prentice Hall, Addison
Wesley, Allyn & Bacon and Benjamin Cummings.
Typically, professors or other instructors select or
adopt the textbooks and online resources they
recommend for their students, which students then purchase
either in a bookstore or online. Today the majority of our
textbooks are accompanied by online services which include
homework and assessment tools, study guides and course
management systems that enable professors to create online
courses. We have also introduced new formats such as
downloadable audio study guides and electronic textbooks which
are sold on subscription. In addition, we have a fast-growing
custom publishing business which works with professors to
produce textbooks and online resources specifically adapted for
their particular course.
See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Year
ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended
December 31, 2008 Sales and operating profit by
division North American Education for a
discussion of developments during 2009 with respect to this
division.
International
Education
Our International Education business covers all educational
publishing and related services outside North America.
Our International schools business publishes educational
materials in local languages in a number of countries. We are
one of the worlds leading providers of English Language
Teaching (ELT) materials for children and adults, published
under the well-known Longman imprint. In 2008 we strengthened
our position further in international markets through the
acquisition of the Harcourt Education International business,
and in 2009 through the acquisition of Wall Street English, a
chain of premium English language schools in China, and
investment in vocational training and online learning in India.
Outside North America, our International higher education
business adapts our textbooks and technology services for
individual markets, and we have a growing local publishing
program, with our key markets including the UK, Benelux, Mexico,
Germany, Hong Kong, Korea, Taiwan, Singapore, Japan and Malaysia.
We are also a leading provider of testing, assessment and
qualification services in a number of key markets including, the
UK under the brand name Edexcel, Australia, New Zealand, South
Africa, Hong Kong and the Middle East.
See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Year
ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended
December 31, 2008 Sales and operating profit by
division International Education for a
discussion of developments during 2009 with respect to this
division.
Professional
Following the disposal of Government Solutions in 2007 and Data
Management in 2008, our Professional education business is
focused on publishing and other learning programmes for
professionals in business and technology, and on testing and
certifying adults to become professionals. Over the past five
years we have significantly re-orientated our professional
publishing business towards long-term growth markets and built
professional testing into a profitable industry leader.
Our Professional education business publishes under the
following imprints: Addison Wesley Professional, Prentice Hall
PTR and Cisco Press (for IT professionals); Peachpit Press and
New Riders Press (for graphics and design professionals);
Que/Sams (consumer and professional imprint); and Prentice
Hall-Financial Times and Wharton School Publishing (for the
business education market).
15
Our professional testing business, Pearson VUE, manages major
long-term contracts to provide qualification and assessment
services through its network of test centers around the world.
Key customers include major technology companies, the Graduate
Management Admissions Council, NCLEX, the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority and the UKs Driving Standards Agency.
See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Year
ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended
December 31, 2008 Sales and operating profit by
division Professional for a discussion of
developments during 2009 with respect to this division.
The FT
Group
The FT Group provides a broad range of data, analysis and
services to an audience of internationally-minded business
people and financial institutions. In 2009, the FT Group had
sales of £842m, or 15% of Pearsons total sales (16%
in 2008), and contributed 22% of Pearsons operating profit.
It has two major parts: FT Publishing, a combination of the
Financial Times, FT.com website, and a portfolio of
financial magazines and online financial information companies;
and Interactive Data, our 61%-owned financial information
company. In recent years the FT Group has significantly shifted
its business towards digital and subscription revenues.
FT
Publishing
The Financial Times is one of the worlds leading
international daily business newspapers, with five editions in
the UK, Europe, Middle East and Africa, the US and Asia.
Its main sources of revenue are from sales of the newspaper,
advertising and conferences. The Financial Times is
complemented by FT.com which sells content and advertising
online, and which charges subscribers for detailed industry
news, comment and analysis, while providing general news and
market data to a wider audience.
FT Business publishes specialist information on the retail,
personal and institutional finance industries through titles
including Investors Chronicle, Money Management,
Financial Adviser and The Banker.
Mergermarket, our online financial data and intelligence
provider, provides early stage proprietary intelligence to
financial institutions and corporates. Its key products include
Mergermarket, Debtwire, dealReporter,
Wealthmonitor and Pharmawire.
See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Year
ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended
December 31, 2008 Sales and operating profit by
division FT Publishing for a discussion of
developments during 2009 with respect to this division.
Interactive
Data
Interactive Data is a leading provider of financial market data,
analytics and related services to financial institutions, active
traders and individual investors. The companys customers
use its offerings to support their portfolio management and
valuation, research and analysis, trading, sales and marketing,
and client service activities. We own 61% of Interactive Data;
the remaining 39% is publicly traded on the NYSE (for more
information see NYSE:IDC).
During January 2010, the Group announced that Interactive Data
was undertaking a preliminary review of strategic alternatives
for its business. At the date of this report, the outcome of the
review is still uncertain.
See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Year
ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended
December 31, 2008 Sales and operating profit by
division Interactive Data for a discussion of
developments during 2009 with respect to this division.
16
Joint
Ventures and Associates
The FT Group also has a number of associates and joint ventures,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
50% interest in The Economist Group, publisher of one of the
worlds leading weekly business and current affairs
magazines.
|
|
|
|
50% interest in FTSE International, a joint venture with the
London Stock Exchange, which publishes a wide range of global
indices, including the FTSE index.
|
|
|
|
50% interest in Business Day and Financial Mail,
publishers of one of South Africas leading financial
newspapers and magazines.
|
|
|
|
33% interest in Vedomosti, a leading Russian business
newspaper.
|
On March 27, 2008, Financial Times International Publishing
Ltd sold its 50% partnership interest in Financial Times
Deutschland GmbH & Co KG to Gruner & Jahr
AG & Co KG.
The
Penguin Group
Penguin is one of the most famous brands in book publishing. It
publishes over 4,000 fiction and non-fiction books each year, on
paper, screens and in audio formats for readers of all ages, and
has an extensive range of backlist and frontlist titles
including top literary prize winners, classics, reference
volumes and childrens titles.
Penguin operates around the world through a series of connected
national publishing houses. It publishes under a number of well
known imprints including Putnam, Viking, Allen Lane, Hamish
Hamilton, Berkley, the Penguin Press, Puffin and Dorling
Kindersley. Penguin combines a longstanding commitment to local
publishing with a determination to benefit from its worldwide
scale, a globally recognized brand and growing demand for books
in emerging markets. Its largest businesses are in the US, the
UK, Australia, Canada, Ireland, India, South Africa and New
Zealand.
In 2009, Penguin had sales of £1,002m, representing 18% of
Pearsons total sales (19% in 2008) and contributed
11% of Pearsons operating profit. Its largest market is
the US, which generated around 59% of Penguins sales in
2009. The Penguin Group earns around 97% of its revenues from
the sale of hard cover and paperback books. The balance comes
from audio books and
e-books.
Penguin sells directly to bookshops and through wholesalers.
Retail bookshops normally maintain relationships with both
publishers and wholesalers and use the channel that best serves
the specific requirements of an order. It also sells through
online retailers such as Amazon.com, as well as Penguins
own website.
See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Year
ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended
December 31, 2008 Sales and operating profit by
division The Penguin Group for a discussion of
developments during 2009 with respect to this division.
Operating
cycles
Pearson determines a normal operating cycle separately for each
entity/cash generating unit within the Group with distinct
economic characteristics. The normal operating cycle
for each of the Groups education businesses is primarily
based on the expected period over which the educational programs
and titles will generate cash flows, and also takes account of
the time it takes to produce the educational programs.
Particularly for the North American Education businesses, there
are well established cycles operating in the market:
|
|
|
|
|
The School market is primarily driven by an adoption cycle in
which major state education boards adopt programs
and provide funding to schools for the purchase of these
programs. There is an established and published adoption cycle
with new adoptions taking place on average every 5 years
for a particular subject. Once adopted, a program will typically
sell over the course of the subsequent 5 years. The Company
renews its pre-publication assets to meet the market adoption
cycles. Therefore the operating cycle naturally follows the
market cycle.
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
The Higher Education market has a similar pattern, with colleges
and professors typically refreshing their courses and selecting
revised programs on a regular basis, often in line with the
release of new editions or new technology offerings. The Company
renews its pre-publication assets to meet the typical demand for
new editions of, or revisions to, educational programs. Analysis
of historical data shows that the average life cycle of Higher
Education content is up to 5 years. Again the operating
cycle mirrors the market cycle.
|
A development phase of typically 12 to 18 months for Higher
Education and up to 24 months for School precedes the
period during which the Company receives and delivers against
orders for the products it has developed for the program.
The International Education markets operate in a similar way
although often with less formal adoption processes.
The operating cycles in respect of Professional and the Penguin
segment are more specialized in nature as they relate to
educational or heavy reference products released into smaller
markets (e.g. the financial training, IT and travel sectors).
Nevertheless, in these markets, there is still a regular cycle
of product renewal, in line with demand which management
monitor. Typically the life cycle is 5 years for
Professional content and up to 4 years for Penguin content.
Competition
All of Pearsons businesses operate in highly competitive
environments.
Pearson Education competes with other publishers and creators of
educational materials and services. These companies include
large international companies, such as McGraw-Hill and Houghton
Mifflin Harcourt, alongside smaller niche players that
specialize in a particular academic discipline or focus on a
learning technology. Competition is based on the ability to
deliver quality products and services that address the specified
curriculum needs and appeal to the school boards, educators and
government officials making purchasing decisions.
FT Publishing competes with newspapers and other information
sources, such as The Wall Street Journal, by offering timely and
expert journalism and market intelligence. It competes for
advertisers with other forms of media based on the ability to
offer an effective means for advertisers to reach their target
audience. Interactive Data competes with Bloomberg and Thomson
Reuters on a global basis for the provision of financial data to
the back office of financial institutions. In Europe, Telekurs
is also a direct competitor for these services. Smaller, more
specialized vendors also compete with Interactive Data in
certain market segments and in certain geographic areas.
The Penguin Group competes with other publishers of fiction and
non-fiction books. Principal competitors include Random House,
HarperCollins, and Hachette Group. Publishers compete by
developing a portfolio of books by established authors and by
seeking out and promoting talented new writers.
Intellectual
property
Our principal intellectual property assets consist of our
trademarks and other rights in our brand names, particularly the
Financial Times and the various imprints of Penguin and
Pearson Education, as well as all copyrights for our content and
our patents held in the testing business in the name of Pearson
NCS. We believe we have taken all appropriate available legal
steps to protect our intellectual property in all relevant
jurisdictions.
Raw
materials
Paper is the principal raw material used by each of Pearson
Education, the FT Group and the Penguin Group. We purchase most
of our paper through our Global Sourcing department located in
the United States. We have not experienced and do not anticipate
difficulty in obtaining adequate supplies of paper for our
operations, with sourcing available from numerous suppliers.
While local prices fluctuate depending upon local market
conditions, we have not experienced extensive volatility in
fulfilling paper requirements. In the event of a sharp increase
in paper prices, we have a number of alternatives to minimize
the impact on our operating margins, including modifying the
grades of paper used in production.
18
Government
regulation
The manufacture of certain of our products in various markets is
subject to governmental regulation relating to the discharge of
materials into the environment. Our operations are also subject
to the risks and uncertainties attendant to doing business in
numerous countries. Some of the countries in which we conduct
these operations maintain controls on the repatriation of
earnings and capital and restrict the means available to us for
hedging potential currency fluctuation risks. The operations
that are affected by these controls, however, are not material
to us. Accordingly, these controls have not significantly
affected our international operations. Regulatory authorities
may have enforcement powers that could have an impact on us. We
believe, however, that in light of the nature of our business
the risk of these sanctions does not represent a material threat
to us.
Licenses,
patents and contracts
We are not dependent upon any particular licenses, patents or
new manufacturing processes that are material to our business or
profitability. Likewise, we are not materially dependent upon
any contracts with suppliers or customers, including contracts
of an industrial, commercial or financial nature.
Legal
Proceedings
We and our subsidiaries are from time to time the subject of
legal proceedings incidental to the nature of our and their
operations. These may include private litigation or
arbitrations, governmental proceedings and investigations by
regulatory bodies. We do not currently expect that the outcome
of pending proceedings or investigations, either individually or
in aggregate, will have a significant effect on our financial
position or profitability nor have any such proceedings had such
effect in the recent past. To our knowledge, there are no
material proceedings in which any member of senior management or
any of our affiliates is a party adverse to us or any of our
subsidiaries or in respect of which any of those persons has a
material interest adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries.
Recent
developments
During January 2010, the Group announced that Interactive Data
was undertaking a preliminary review of strategic alternatives
for its business. At the date of this report, the outcome of the
review is still uncertain.
On 3 February 2010 the FT Publishing business announced the
acquisition of Medley Global Advisors LLC, a provider of macro
policy intelligence to the worlds top investment banks,
hedge funds and asset managers for $15.5m.
19
Organizational
structure
Pearson plc is a holding company which conducts its business
primarily through subsidiaries and other affiliates throughout
the world. Below is a list of our significant subsidiaries as at
December 31, 2009, including name, country of incorporation
or residence, proportion of ownership interest and, if
different, proportion of voting power held.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
|
interest/voting
|
|
Name
|
|
Country of incorporation/residence
|
|
power
|
|
|
Pearson Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pearson Education Inc.
|
|
United States (Delaware)
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Pearson Education Ltd.
|
|
England and Wales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Edexcel Ltd.
|
|
England and Wales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
NCS Pearson Inc.
|
|
United States (Minnesota)
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
FT Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Financial Times Limited
|
|
England and Wales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Mergermarket Ltd.
|
|
England and Wales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Interactive Data Corporation
|
|
United States (Delaware)
|
|
|
61
|
%
|
The Penguin Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Penguin Group (USA) Inc.
|
|
United States (Delaware)
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
The Penguin Publishing Co Ltd.
|
|
England and Wales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Dorling Kindersley Holdings Ltd
|
|
England and Wales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Property,
plant and equipment
Our headquarters are located at leasehold premises in London,
England. We own or lease approximately 1,000 properties,
including approximately 500 testing/teaching centers in more
than 60 countries worldwide, the majority of which are located
in the United Kingdom and the United States.
The properties owned and leased by us consist mainly of offices,
distribution centers and computer testing/teaching centers.
The vast majority of our printing is carried out by third party
suppliers. We operate two small digital print operations as part
of our Pearson Assessment & Testing businesses, one of
which was sold as part of the February 2008 Data Management
sale. These operations provide short-run and
print-on-demand
products, typically custom client applications.
We own the following principal properties at December 31,
2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General use of property
|
|
Location
|
|
Area in square feet
|
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Kirkwood, New York, USA
|
|
|
524,000
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Pittston, Pennsylvania, USA
|
|
|
406,000
|
|
Office
|
|
Iowa City, Iowa, USA
|
|
|
310,000
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Old Tappan, New Jersey, USA
|
|
|
210,112
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Cedar Rapids, Iowa, USA
|
|
|
205,000
|
|
Office
|
|
Southwark, London, UK
|
|
|
155,000
|
|
Office
|
|
Hadley, Massachusetts, USA
|
|
|
136,570
|
|
Printing
|
|
Owatonna, Minnesota, USA
|
|
|
128,000
|
|
20
We lease the following principal properties at December 31,
2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General use of property
|
|
Location
|
|
Area in square feet
|
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Lebanon, Indiana, USA
|
|
|
1,091,435
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Cranbury, New Jersey, USA
|
|
|
886,747
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Indianapolis, Indiana, USA
|
|
|
737,850
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
San Antonio, Texas, USA
|
|
|
559,258
|
|
Office
|
|
Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, USA
|
|
|
474,801
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Rugby, UK
|
|
|
446,077
|
|
Office
|
|
New York City, New York, USA
|
|
|
430,738
|
|
Office
|
|
London, UK
|
|
|
282,917
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Newmarket, Ontario, Canada
|
|
|
278,912
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Austin, Texas, USA
|
|
|
226,076
|
|
Office
|
|
Boston, Massachusetts, USA
|
|
|
225,299
|
|
Warehouse
|
|
Scoresby, Victoria, Australia
|
|
|
197,255
|
|
Office
|
|
Glenview, Illinois, USA
|
|
|
187,500
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Bedfordshire, UK
|
|
|
186,570
|
|
Office
|
|
Bloomington, Minnesota, USA
|
|
|
153,240
|
|
Office
|
|
Boston, Massachusetts, USA
|
|
|
138,112
|
|
Office
|
|
Harlow, UK
|
|
|
137,851
|
|
Office
|
|
Chandler, Arizona, USA
|
|
|
135,460
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Cedar Rapids, Iowa, USA
|
|
|
119,682
|
|
Office
|
|
New York City, New York, USA
|
|
|
116,039
|
|
Warehouse
|
|
San Antonio Zomeyucan, Mexico
|
|
|
113,638
|
|
Office
|
|
London, UK
|
|
|
112,000
|
|
Call Center
|
|
Lawrence, Kansas, USA
|
|
|
105,000
|
|
Capital
Expenditures
See Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Liquidity and Capital Resources for
description of the Companys capital expenditure.
|
|
ITEM 4A.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
The Company has not received, 180 days or more before the
end of the 2009 fiscal year, any written comments from the
Securities and Exchange Commission staff regarding its periodic
reports under the Exchange Act which remain unresolved.
|
|
ITEM 5.
|
OPERATING
AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
|
The following discussion and analysis is based on and should be
read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements,
including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this Annual
Report. The financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.
Where this discussion refers to constant currency comparisons,
these are estimated by re-calculating the current year results
using the exchange rates prevailing for the prior period. The
increase or reduction in the value calculated is the estimate of
impact of exchange rates. We believe this presentation provides
a more useful period to period comparison as changes due solely
to changes in exchange rates are eliminated.
General
overview
Introduction
Sales from continuing operations increased from £4,811m in
2008 to £5,624m in 2009, an increase of 17%. The year on
year growth was significantly impacted by exchange rates, in
particular the US dollar. The average US dollar exchange rate
strengthened in comparison to sterling in 2008, which had the
effect of increasing reported sales in 2009 by £640m when
compared to the equivalent figure at constant 2008 rates. When
measured at constant
21
2008 exchange rates, the main contributors to growth were the
North American and International Education businesses with the
International Education business in particular, benefitting from
acquisitions made in 2009.
Reported operating profit increased by 12% from £676m in
2008 to £755m in 2009. The relative strength of the US
dollar contributed to this increase and operating profit would
have been approximately £57m lower if translated at
constant 2008 exchange rates. When measured at constant rates,
the main contributors to the increase were the North American
and International Education businesses which benefitted from the
improved sales performance.
Profit before taxation in 2009 of £660m compares to a
profit before taxation of £585m in 2008. The increase of
£75m reflects the improved operating performance offset by
a small increase in net finance costs. Net finance costs
increased from £91m in 2008 to £95m in 2009. The
Groups net interest payable decreased by £4m in 2009
as we benefitted from a fall in average interest rates on our
floating-rate US dollar debt and a decrease in our overall level
of average net debt. Exchange losses of £7m in 2009 compare
to a net exchange loss of £11m in 2008. The losses in 2008
mainly relate to the retranslation of foreign currency bank
accounts together with other net losses on inter-company items.
In 2009 the loss mainly relates to losses on cross currency
swaps. The benefit from reduced interest and lower exchange
losses in 2009 is offset by a finance charge relating to post
retirement plans of £12m which compares to finance income
from post retirement plans of £8m in 2008. The increase in
finance charges relating to post retirement plans is largely due
to lower expected returns on plan assets.
On February 22, 2008 the Group completed the sale of its
Data Management business and this business has been included in
discontinued operations for the period to February 22 in 2008,
and the full year in 2007. In 2007, the Group completed the sale
of its French newspaper business, Les Echos and its Government
contracting business, Government Solutions. The results of Les
Echos and Government Solutions have been shown as discontinued
operations in the consolidated income statement for 2007.
Net cash generated from operations increased to £1,012m in
2009 from £894m in 2008. The improved cash generation in
2009 was due to strong cash collections, particularly in our
education businesses. On an average basis, the ratio of working
capital to sales improved from 26.1% to 25.1%, reflecting tight
working capital management and the favourable working capital
profile of 2009 acquisitions. Average working capital comprises
the average of the monthly carrying values over the relevant
12 month period for inventory, pre-publication costs,
debtors and creditors. Net interest paid at £87m in 2009
was £11m above the previous year, purely due to the timing
of interest payments on the bond portfolio. Tax paid in 2009
increased to £103m compared to £89m in 2008. Net
capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment after
proceeds from sales decreased to £61m in 2009 from
£73m in 2008. The net cash outflow in respect of businesses
acquired decreased from £395m in 2008 to £208m in 2009
whilst net proceeds from the disposal of businesses decreased
from £111m in 2008 to £14m in 2009. Dividends from
joint ventures and associates were broadly flat year on year at
£22m in 2009 against £23m in 2008. Dividends paid of
£293m in 2009 (including £20m paid to minority
interests) compares to £285m in 2008. After a favorable
currency movement of £164m, overall net borrowings
decreased by 25% from £1,460m at the end of 2008 to
£1,092m at the end of 2009.
Outlook
Pearson reported growth in sales and operating profit in 2009,
in spite of the exceptionally difficult macroeconomic
environment and against record 2008 results. We achieved strong
profit growth in education, helping us to make good financial
progress even though our markets in US school publishing,
financial advertising and consumer books were especially
challenging.
Trading conditions in those tough markets began to ease towards
the end of the year, but we are planning on the basis that some
of our markets remain subdued throughout 2010. Even so, we
expect Pearson to produce another year of profit growth assuming
exchange rates remain constant, helped by the overall resilience
of our company and good growth prospects for our businesses in
digital, services and emerging markets.
Pearson
Education
In Education, we believe that our sustained investment in
content and our leadership position in learning services and
technologies will enable us to build on our strong market
positions. We expect to gain further share in
22
the US School market which will benefit from a stronger adoption
opportunity ($850m $900m) and new federal funds,
broadly offset by continued pressure on education funding at the
state level. In Higher Education and International Education, we
expect to produce further underlying growth and share gains.
FT
Group
At FT Publishing, we expect to sustain good renewal rates in our
subscription businesses and healthy margins. Advertising
revenues (which in 2009 accounted for less than 3% of total
Pearson revenues) remain highly unpredictable but we expect to
see some stabilisation after the sharp declines across the
industry in 2009. Interactive Data Corporation expects 2010
revenues to range between $810m to $830m and healthy margins in
the 25% to 26% range (guidance under US GAAP). As previously
announced, the Board of Interactive Data Corporation is
currently undertaking a preliminary review of strategic
alternatives for the company.
The
Penguin Group
We expect Penguin to post another good competitive performance
in the context of a consumer books market that we expect to
remain broadly level in 2010. Penguin will benefit from its
leading position in the emerging market for eBooks and from the
efficiency actions taken in 2009.
Sales
information by operating division
The following table shows sales information for each of the past
three years by operating division:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
Education:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American
|
|
|
2,470
|
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
International
|
|
|
1,035
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
FT Group:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT Publishing
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
Interactive Data
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
5,624
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
information by geographic market supplied
The following table shows sales information for each of the past
three years by geographic region:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
European countries
|
|
|
1,222
|
|
|
|
1,217
|
|
|
|
1,102
|
|
North America
|
|
|
3,663
|
|
|
|
3,028
|
|
|
|
2,591
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
5,624
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange
rate fluctuations
We earn a significant proportion of our sales and profits in
overseas currencies, principally the US dollar. Sales and
profits are translated into sterling in the consolidated
financial statements using average rates. The average rate used
for the US dollar was £1:$1.57 in 2009, £1:$1.85 in
2008 and £1:$2.00 in 2007. Fluctuations in exchange rates
23
can have a significant impact on our reported sales and profits.
In 2009, Pearson generated 62% of its sales in the
US (2008: 59%; 2007: 59%). In 2009 we estimate that a five
cent change in the average exchange rate between the US dollar
and sterling would have had an impact on our reported earnings
per share of 1.3p and a five per cent change in the closing
exchange rate between the US dollar and sterling would have had
an impact on shareholders funds of approximately
£120m. See Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures About Market Risk for more information. The
year-end US dollar rate for 2009 was £1:$1.61 compared to
£1:$1.44 for 2008. In terms of the year end rate, the
strengthening of sterling in comparison to the US dollar in 2009
was less significant than in the previous year and the
relatively weak value of the US dollar had the effect of
reducing shareholders funds. The net effect of movement in
all currencies in 2009 was a reduction in our shareholders
funds of £388m. The year-end rate for the US dollar in 2008
was £1:$1.44 compared to £1:$1.99 for 2007. The
comparative strength of the US dollar was more significant in
2008 and the increase in shareholders funds due to the US dollar
contributed to an overall increase in shareholders funds
due to exchange movements of £1,125m in 2008.
Critical
accounting policies
Our consolidated financial statements, included in
Item 18. Financial Statements, are prepared
based on the accounting policies described in note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements.
Certain of our accounting policies require the application of
management judgment in selecting assumptions when making
significant estimates about matters that are inherently
uncertain. Management bases its estimates on historical
experience and other assumptions that it believes are
reasonable. These policies are described in note 1a(3) in
Item 18. Financial Statements.
Results
of operations
Year
ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended
December 31, 2008
Consolidated
results of operations
Sales
Our total sales from continuing operations increased by
£813m, or 17%, to £5,624m in 2009, from £4,811m
in 2008. The increase reflected growth, on a constant exchange
rate basis, at our North American Education, International
Education and Interactive Data businesses together with
additional contributions from acquisitions made in both 2008 and
2009. The year on year growth was impacted by movements in
exchange rates, particularly in the US dollar. 2009 sales,
translated at 2008 average exchange rates, would have been
£4,984m.
Pearson Education increased sales by £668m or 21% from
£3,112m to £3,780m. The North American business was
the major contributor to the increase although a high proportion
of that increase was due to exchange. We estimate that after
excluding acquisitions, Pearson Education saw sales growth of 4%
at constant last year exchange rates. The North American
Education business grew ahead of the market in its US Curriculum
and Higher Education businesses which together grew at 5%
compared to the industry which remained flat according to the
Association of American Publishers. There was also a strong
performance in the US Assessment and Information division which
benefitted from the successful integration of the Harcourt
Assessment business acquired at the start of 2008. In
International Education sales also benefitted from exchange and
a contribution from the acquisitions of Wall Street English and
Fronter (a European online learning company based in Oslo) and
the increased shares of Longman Nigeria and Maskew Miller
Longman (MML), our publishing businesses in South Africa and
West Africa respectively, which were all acquired in 2009. After
excluding the effect of acquisitions we estimate that there was
growth of 4% at constant last year exchange rates in the
International Education business. Professional sales increased
in 2009 by 13% although all of this increase was due to exchange
and in terms of constant last year exchange rates there was a
small decline in sales of 1%. This decline was entirely due to
weakness in the professional publishing market which has offset
growth in the professional testing and certification businesses.
FT Group sales were 6% ahead of last year with growth at
Interactive Data offsetting adverse variances at
FT Publishing. FT Publishing sales were down by 8% or 12%
after excluding the effect of exchange rates.
FT Publishings sales decline mainly reflects tough
market conditions for financial and corporate advertising. The
impact of advertising revenue declines was partially mitigated
by growth in content revenues, the resilience of our
24
subscription businesses and an increase in paying online
subscribers at FT.com. Interactive Data sales were up by 19% (2%
at constant last year exchange rates and before the contribution
from acquisitions). Sales growth was driven by Interactive
Datas Institutional Services segment which performed well
despite difficult conditions in the financial services industry.
Penguins sales were up 11% in 2009 but this represents a
2% decline at constant last year exchange rates and before the
effect of portfolio changes. Much of the underlying decline was
due to a fall in sales of illustrated reference books which
offset good performances in other categories.
Pearson Education, our largest business sector, accounted for
67% of our continuing business sales in 2009 compared to 65% in
2008. North America continued to be the most significant source
of our sales and as a proportion of total continuing sales
contributed 65% in 2009 and 63% in 2008.
Cost
of goods sold and operating expenses
The following table summarizes our cost of sales and net
operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
2,539
|
|
|
|
2,174
|
|
Distribution costs
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
Administration and other expenses
|
|
|
2,206
|
|
|
|
1,853
|
|
Other operating income
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,360
|
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold. Cost of sales consists of
costs for raw materials, primarily paper, printing and binding
costs, amortization of pre-publication costs and royalty
charges. Our cost of sales increased by £365m, or 17%, to
£2,539m in 2009, from £2,174m in 2008. The increase
corresponds to the increase in sales with cost of sales at 45.1%
of sales in 2009 compared to 45.2% in 2008.
Distribution costs. Distribution costs consist
primarily of shipping costs, postage and packing and remain a
fairly constant percentage of sales.
Administration and other expenses. Our
administration and other expenses increased by £353m, or
19%, to £2,206m in 2009, from £1,853m in 2008. As a
percentage of sales they remained consistent at 39% in 2008 and
2009.
Other operating income. Other operating income
mainly consists of freight recharges,
sub-rights
and licensing income and distribution commissions together with
income from sale of assets. Other operating income increased to
£120m in 2009 compared to £102m in 2008 although much
of this increase can be ascribed to exchange.
Share
of results of joint ventures and associates
The contribution from our joint ventures and associates
increased from £25m in 2008 to £30m in 2009. The
majority of the profit comes from our 50% interest in the
Economist.
Operating
profit
The total operating profit increased by £79m, or 12%, to
£755m in 2009 from £676m in 2008. 2009 operating
profit, translated at 2008 average exchange rates, would have
been £57m lower.
Operating profit attributable to Pearson Education increased by
£99m, or 24%, to £505m in 2009, from £406m in
2008. The increase was attributable to strong performances in
the US Higher Education business and both the US and
International Assessments businesses and due to the positive
impact of exchange. Operating profit attributable to the FT
Group decreased by £12m, or 7%, to £167m in 2009, from
£179m in 2008. The decrease reflects the
25
decline in profitability at FT Publishing, as they faced tough
conditions in the advertising market, coupled with an increased
charge for intangible amortization which offsets a positive
performance from Interactive Data. Operating profit attributable
to the Penguin Group decreased by £8m, or 9%, to £83m
in 2009, from £91m in 2008. This decrease was principally
due to charges relating to reorganisation of the business in the
UK.
Net
finance costs
Net finance costs increased from £91m in 2008 to £95m
in 2009. Net interest payable in 2009 was £85m, down from
£89m in 2008. The Groups net interest payable
decreased by £4m in 2009 as we benefitted from a fall in
average interest rates on our floating US dollar debt and a
decrease in our overall level of average net debt. Year on year,
average three month LIBOR (weighted for the Groups net
borrowings in US dollars and sterling at each year end) fell by
2.4% to 0.7%. This reduction in floating market interest rates
was partially offset by higher fixed bond coupons prevailing at
the time of our 2009 bond issue. The overall result was a
decrease in the Groups average net interest rate payable
by 0.6% to 5.3%. In 2009 the net finance income relating to
post-retirement plans was a charge of £12m compared to an
income of £8m in the previous year reflecting lower returns
on plan assets.
Other net finance costs relating to foreign exchange and
short-term fluctuations in the market value of financial
instruments included a net foreign exchange loss of £7m in
2009 compared to a loss of £11m in 2008. The losses in 2008
mainly relate to the retranslation of foreign currency bank
accounts together with other net losses on inter-company items.
In 2009 the loss mainly relates to losses on cross currency
swaps. For a more detailed discussion of our borrowings and
interest expenses see Liquidity and Capital
Resources Capital Resources and
Borrowings below and Item 11.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Taxation
The total tax charge in 2009 of £198m represents 30% of
pre-tax profits compared to a charge of £172m or 29% of
pre-tax profits in 2008. Our overseas profits, which arise
mainly in the US are largely subject to tax at higher rates than
the UK corporation tax rate (28% in 2009 compared to 28.5% in
2008). Higher tax rates were partly offset by releases from
provisions reflecting continuing progress in agreeing our tax
affairs with the authorities.
Minority
interests
This comprises mainly the minority share in Interactive Data.
Our share of Interactive Data was 61% in 2009, compared to 62%
in 2008.
Discontinued
operations
Discontinued operations in 2008 relate to the disposal of the
Data Management business (in February 2008). The results of the
Data Management business were included in discontinued
operations to the date of disposal in 2008. The loss before tax
on disposal in 2008 was £53m, mainly relating to the
cumulative translation adjustment. There was a tax charge of
£37m on the sale. There were no discontinued operations in
2009.
Profit
for the year
The profit for the financial year in 2009 was £462m
compared to a profit in 2008 of £323m. The overall increase
of £139m was mainly due to the absence of the loss on
discontinued operations in 2009 but also benefitted from the
improved operating performance offset by a small increase in net
finance costs.
Earnings
per ordinary share
The basic earnings per ordinary share, which is defined as the
profit for the financial year divided by the weighted average
number of shares in issue, was 53.2p in 2009 compared to 36.6p
in 2008 based on a weighted average number of shares in issue of
799.3m in 2009 and 797.0m in 2008. The increase in earnings per
share was due to the increase in profit for 2009 described above
and was not significantly affected by the movement in the
weighted average number of shares.
26
The diluted earnings per ordinary share of 53.1p in 2009 and
36.6p in 2008 was not significantly different from the basic
earnings per share in those years as the effect of dilutive
share options was again not significant.
Exchange
rate fluctuations
The strengthening of the US dollar and other currencies against
sterling on an average basis had a positive impact on reported
sales and profits in 2009 compared to 2008. 2009 sales,
translated at 2008 average exchange rates, would have been lower
by £640m and operating profit, translated at 2008 average
exchange rates, would have been lower by £57m. See
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk for a discussion regarding our
management of exchange rate risks.
Sales
and operating profit by division
The following tables summarize our sales and operating profit
for each of Pearsons divisions. Adjusted operating profit
is a non-GAAP financial measure and is included as it is a key
financial measure used by management to evaluate performance and
allocate resources to business segments. See also note 2 of
Item 18. Financial Statements.
In our adjusted operating profit we have excluded amortization
of acquired intangibles. The amortization of acquired
intangibles is the amortization of intangible assets acquired
through business combinations. The charge is not considered to
be fully reflective of the underlying performance of the Group.
Adjusted operating profit enables management to more easily
track the underlying operational performance of the Group. A
reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted operating profit
for continuing operations is included in the tables below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
North American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
2,470
|
|
|
|
1,035
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
5,624
|
|
|
|
|
44%
|
|
|
|
18%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
6%
|
|
|
|
9%
|
|
|
|
18%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
354
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
|
|
47%
|
|
|
|
14%
|
|
|
|
6%
|
|
|
|
4%
|
|
|
|
18%
|
|
|
|
11%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of acquired Intangibles
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: continuing Operations
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
858
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: discontinued Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47%
|
|
|
|
16%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
17%
|
|
|
|
10%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
North American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
|
42%
|
|
|
|
18%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
19%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
|
38%
|
|
|
|
17%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
10%
|
|
|
|
17%
|
|
|
|
13%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of acquired Intangibles
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: continuing Operations
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: discontinued Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40%
|
|
|
|
17%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
10%
|
|
|
|
16%
|
|
|
|
12%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
North
American Education
North American Education sales increased by £468m, or 23%,
to £2,470m in 2009, from £2,002m in 2008 and adjusted
operating profit increased by £100m, or 33%, to £403m
in 2009 from £303m in 2008. The results were significantly
affected by the relative strength of the US dollar, which we
estimate increased sales by £365m and adjusted operating
profit by £60m when compared to the equivalent figures at
constant 2008 exchange rates. At constant exchange and after
taking account of the contribution from acquisitions there was
underlying growth in sales of 5% and profits of 13%. Although
the contribution from the US school curriculum business declined
due to State budget pressures and a fall in the adoption market
there were strong contributions from the US Higher Education, US
Assessment and Information and Canadian businesses.
In the US school market, the Association of American
Publishers estimate that there was an overall decrease for
the industry of 13.8% as state budget pressures and a slower new
adoption year caused particular weakness in the basal publishing
market. Though Pearsons US School publishing sales
declined we attained an estimated 37% of new adoptions we
competed for (our highest market share for a decade) and 32% of
the total new adoption market. Pearsons enVisionMATH
(www.envisionmath.com), an integrated
print-and-digital
program, was the top-selling basal program in the United States
in 2009. It helped the School Curriculum business to an
estimated 46% share of all math adoptions and sold strongly
across the open territories. Successnet, the online learning
platform for teachers and students which supports all
Pearsons digital instruction, assessment and remedial
programs, also grew strongly achieving more than 4 million
registrations in 2009.
The US Assessment and Information business saw significant
profit improvement in 2009, benefitting from the successful
integration of the Harcourt Assessment business acquired in
2008. Our National Services assessment business renewed its
contract with the College Board, worth $210m over 10 years,
to process and score the SAT and contracts to support the
College Boards new Readi-Step and ACCUPLACER diagnostics
programs. Our State Services business won a number of
significant new contracts including new programs in Florida and
Arizona. We continue to gain share, winning 60% of the contracts
bid for by value, and to be a leader in online testing,
delivering 9 million secure online assessments in 2009, up
more than 100% on 2008. Our Evaluation Systems teacher
certification business secured contract extensions in
California, Illinois, Arizona and Washington; won re-bids in
Michigan and New York, each for five years; and added new
contracts in California and Minnesota. In Clinical Assessments,
our AIMSWeb
response-to-intervention
data management and progress monitoring service for children who
are having difficulty learning, continued to grow and now has
more than 3 million students on the system. Our
Edustructures business, which provides interoperable systems to
support data collection and reporting between school districts
and state governments, doubled the number of students served to
8 million. Our Student Information Systems (SIS) business
continued to grow strongly, benefiting from strong demand for
its services that
28
help teachers automate and manage student attendance records,
gradebooks, timetables and the like. It supports more than
12 million students 8 million of them
through its flagship PowerSchool product which is now available
in more than 50 countries. In 2009 it won contracts for new
school districts including Nova Scotia Department of Education
(133,000 students), Newark, NJ (45,000 students), and the
Hamilton County DOE, TN (40,000 students).
The US Higher Education publishing market grew 11.5% in 2009,
according to the Association of American Publishers, benefiting
from strong enrolment growth and federal government action to
support student funding. Our US Higher Education business grew
faster than the industry and outperformed the market for the
eleventh straight year, continuing to see strong demand for
instructional materials enhanced by technology and
customization. Our sustained investment in content and
technology continues to grow existing franchises and build new
ones. In Engineering Mechanics, our market leading textbook,
Hibbelers Statistics and Dynamics 12th Edition,
gained an additional four percentage points of market share with
the addition of our newly launched MasteringEngineering digital
learning and assessment platform. Pearson became market leader
in psychology supported by the recently launched textbook
Psychology 2nd Edition by Cicarelli with MyPsychLab. The
MyLab digital learning, homework and assessment
programs again grew strongly. Our MyLab products saw more than
6 million student registrations globally, 39% higher than
in 2008. In North America, student registrations grew 37% to
more than 5.6m. Custom Solutions grew strongly across both
bespoke books and customized services including content
creation, technology, curriculum, assessments and courseware. We
partnered with the Kentucky Virtual Learning Initiative, for
example, to deliver personalized mathematics instruction mapped
to state college entry standards and have begun to extend this
program into transitional English and Reading. eCollege, our
platform for fully-online distance learning in higher education,
increased online enrolments by 36% to 3.5m and benefited from
continued strong renewal rates of 95% by value, new contract
wins and strong growth in the usage of the platform,
particularly by US for-profit colleges. Thirteen Pearson higher
education and school products in ten categories were nominated
as Americas best educational software products in the
Software & Information Industry Associations
25th Annual CODiE Awards. They include MyMathLab,
Miller & Levine Biology, PowerSchool, Prentice Hall
Literature, myWorld Geography, MyWritingLab, CourseConnect and
eCollege.
Overall adjusted operating margins in the North American
Education business were higher at 16.3% in 2009 compared to
15.1% in 2008 with the majority of the increase attributable to
the Harcourt Assessment integration costs that were charged in
2008.
International
Education
International Education sales increased by £169m, or 20%,
to £1,035m in 2009, from £866m in 2008 and adjusted
operating profit increased by £6m, or 4%, to £141m in
2009 from £135m in 2008. The sales results benefit from
exchange gains and a full year contribution from acquisitions
made in 2009. At the adjusted operating profit level the 2008
results benefitted from transactional exchange gains that were
not repeated in 2009.
In the UK, we received over 3.7 million registrations for
vocational assessment and general qualifications. We marked
4.5 million A-level and GCSE scripts on-screen
and successfully delivered the 2009 National Curriculum test
series and were awarded the contract to administer the 2010
National Curriculum Tests at Key Stage 2. We made significant
investments in supporting the new Diploma qualification for
14-19 year-olds;
the IGCSE qualifications to meet the needs of International
schools and colleges; and BTEC, our flagship vocational
qualification. BTEC registrations totalled more than
1 million for the first time and were up almost 30% on
2008. Our UK Higher Education business grew strongly, helped by
the success of new first editions, the rapid take up of MyLabs
adapted to meet local requirements, and the growing popularity
of custom publishing. Sales of UK primary resources fell, on the
back of minimal curriculum change and some signs of schools
managing their budgets more tightly.
In Continental Europe, the launch of our digi libre (Content
Plus) products helped us to gain share in the lower and upper
secondary markets in Italy and positions us well for major
curriculum reforms planned for 2010. In Spain, our sales were
down sharply with pressures on central and regional government
spending and a worsening retail environment. Our ELT sales
continued to grow in Poland, and across central and Eastern
Europe we saw good demand for our publishing and digital
resources and our fledgling Language Learning Solutions
activities. The
29
Fronter learning management system continued to grow very
strongly with more than 6 million students in more than
8,000 schools, colleges and Universities around the world.
In the Middle East we successfully implemented the Abu Dhabi
Education Councils (ADEC) External Measurement of Student
Achievement (EMSA) program covering English, Arabic, Math and
Science in April 2009 and was also contracted by the United Arab
Emirates Ministry of Education to deliver the program in the
northern emirates. In South Africa, we launched Platinum, the
first blended print and online course developed for the South
African National Curriculum. In addition 7,000 students
registered for MyMathLab+ at the University of Witwatersrand.
In China, we acquired Wall Street English, the leading provider
of premium English language training to adults, for £101m.
The combination of Longman Schools and Wall Street English gives
Pearson a leading position in the English language teaching
market in China, serving students from elementary school to
professional levels. We stepped up our presence in the Indian
education market with two investments totalling $30m: a 50:50
joint-venture with Educomp, called IndiaCan, to offer vocational
and skills training through 120 training centres across the
country; and a 17.2% stake in TutorVista, which provides online
tutoring for K-12 and college students.
New editions of the proven bestsellers, BackPack and Pockets,
along with the successful launch of two new courses, CornerStone
and KeyStone, helped to deliver strong growth in the sales of
ELT materials across Latin America. In Brazil, which has one of
Latin Americas largest and fastest-growing university
populations, our virtual library now supports 30 post-secondary
institutions. And, in Panama, 75,000 high school students are
now learning Biology and Chemistry, using Prentice Hall Virtual
Labs.
On a global basis our MyLab digital learning,
homework and assessment programmes were used by more than
470,000 students, up almost 60% on 2008, and are now sold in
more than 200 countries. In 2009, we launched the Pearson Test
of English, our new test of Academic English which will be
delivered in up to 200 Pearson VUE testing centers in 37
countries. Approximately 1,000 academic programs worldwide now
recognise, or are in the process of recognising, the Pearson
Test of English. Our eCollege learning management system is
growing rapidly in international markets, winning new contracts
in Australia, Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, Puerto Rico and Saudi
Arabia. Our new Pearson Learning Solutions business won its
first contracts in the UK, the Gulf and Africa. It combines a
broad range of products and services from across Pearson to
deliver a systematic approach to improving student performance.
International Education adjusted operating margins declined from
15.6% in 2008 to 13.6% in 2009 as the benefit from transactional
exchange gains at the profit level in 2008 werent repeated
in 2009.
Professional
Professional sales increased by £31m, or 13%, to £275m
in 2009 from £244m in 2008. Adjusted operating profit
increased by £7m or 19% to £43m in 2009, from
£36m in 2008. The sales growth was entirely due to exchange
rates which increased sales by £33m when compared to the
equivalent figures at constant 2008 exchange rates.
In Professional testing and certification in the UK, we extended
our contract with the Driving Standards Agency to deliver the UK
drivers theory test until 2014. With the Graduate Management
Admissions Test and the recent contract extension for the NCLEX
nursing examination, our three largest professional testing
contracts now run to 2013 or after. More than seven million
secure online tests were delivered in more than 4,000 test
centers worldwide in 2009, an increase of 9% over 2008.
Registration volumes for the Graduate Management Admissions
Council test rose 8% worldwide in 2009, including a 16% increase
outside the US. In the US, Pearson VUE won a number of new
contracts with organizations including Oracle, Citrix, Novell,
VMWare, and Adobe, the National Registry of Food Safety
Professionals and the National Institute for Certification in
Engineering Technologies. Pearson VUE extended its international
reach, signing an agreement with the Dubai Road and Transport
Authority to deliver a new, high-tech Driver Testing System and
launching the Law School Admission Test in India.
Our Professional education business experienced tough trading
conditions in the retail market but benefited from the increased
breadth of its publishing and range of revenue streams, from
online retail through digital subscriptions. A best-selling
product in 2009 was CCNA Network Simulator, which are digital
networking labs designed, developed and published by Pearson, to
help candidates successfully pass the Cisco CCNA certification
30
exam. Pearson launched new learning solutions for IT
Professionals preparing for certification accreditation. Cert
Flash Card applications were launched for students studying for
Cisco CCNA, CompTIA and Microsoft certification exams and are
accessible through web browsers and iPhone and iPod Touch
devices. FT Press launched a new
e-publishing
imprint, FT Press Delivers, providing essential insights from
some of its leading business authors including Jim Champy, Brian
Solis, Mark Zandi, Jon M. Huntsman, John Kao, Michael Abrashoff,
and Seth Goldman.
Overall adjusted operating margins in the Professional business
continued to improve and were higher at 15.6% in 2009 compared
to 14.8% in 2008 as margins improved again in both the testing
and professional publishing businesses.
FT
Publishing
Sales at FT Publishing decreased by £32m or 8%, from
£390m in 2008 to £358m in 2009. Adjusted operating
profit decreased by £35m, from £74m in 2008 to
£39m in 2009. The sales and profit decrease is mainly from
the FT Newspaper business which faced tough market conditions
for financial and corporate advertising. The impact of
advertising revenue declines was partially mitigated by growth
in content revenues, the resilience of our subscription
businesses and early actions to manage our cost base tightly.
We continued to see good demand for high-quality analysis of
global business, finance, politics and economics which resulted
in a 15% increase in paying online subscribers to more than
126,000 with registered users on FT.com up 85% to
1.8 million and users up 12% to 1.4 million on
FTChinese.com. Financial Times worldwide newspaper circulation
was 7% lower at 402,799 (for the July-December 2009 ABC period)
although subscription circulation grew modestly. We continued to
invest in fast-growing digital formats. We launched a new luxury
lifestyle website, to complement our existing How To Spend It
magazine; a new iPhone application which has received more
than 200,000 downloads; and, in association with Longman,
Lexicon, an online glossary of economic, financial and business
terms.
Mergermarket faced challenging conditions in some of its markets
with reduced Mergers and Acquisition activity impacting the
merger arbitrage sector serviced by dealReporter whilst Debtwire
benefited from an increased focus on distressed debt.
Mergermarket continued to launch new products and expand
globally. Our newest product, MergerID, launched in September
2009, provides a secure online environment for principals and
professionals to post and view M&A opportunities globally
and has secured over 1,500 active users in more than
450 companies across the globe.
The Economist, in which Pearson owns a 50% stake,
increased global weekly circulation by 2.2% to 1.42 million
(for the July December 2009 ABC period). FTSE, our
50% owned joint-venture with the London Stock Exchange,
increased revenues 17% and made a strong improvement in profits.
Overall adjusted operating margins at FT Publishing decreased
from 19.0% in 2008 to 10.9% in 2009 as lost advertising revenue
fell through to the bottom line.
Interactive
Data
Interactive Data grew its sales by 19% from £406m in 2008
to £484m in 2009. Adjusted operating profit grew by 22%
from £121m in 2008 to £148m in 2009. Interactive Data
margins increased from 29.8% in 2008 to 30.6% in 2009. Both
sales and adjusted operating profit were affected by the
relative strength of the US dollar, which we estimate increased
sales by £58m and adjusted operating profit by £19m
when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2008
exchange rates.
Interactive Datas revenue growth was driven by its
Institutional Services segment, despite difficult market
conditions in the financial services industry. In the fourth
quarter we began to see continued signs of trading conditions
easing in certain markets that were difficult earlier in the
year, principally in our new sales. Interactive Data continued
to benefit from growth trends including: heightened scrutiny
around the valuation of securities; increasing regulation and
related investment in compliance and risk management processes;
increasing adoption of low latency data for algorithmic trading;
and continuing need to cost effectively differentiate wealth
management offerings with bespoke web-based client solutions.
31
Pricing and Reference Data (66% of Interactive Data revenues)
continued to generate good growth in North America and Europe.
Growth was primarily organic and also benefited from bolt-on
acquisitions, most recently NDF, a leading provider of financial
pricing and services in Japan, and Klers Financial Data
Service, a leading provider of reference data to the Italian
financial industry. Real-Time Services (19% of Interactive Data
revenues) faced challenging market conditions as solid demand
for web-based Managed Solutions was more than offset by higher
cancellations of real-time market data services. In December
2009, we formed the Real-Time Market Data and Trading Solutions
Group which combines the resources of our eSignal, Managed
Solutions and Real-Time Services businesses into a single
organization. This initiative supports plans to integrate the
companys suite of real-time market data and innovative,
hosted technology services and solutions to more effectively
capitalize on opportunities in the wealth management and
electronic trading sectors. In addition, Interactive Data
recently completed two acquisitions, 7ticks and the data and
tools assets of Dow Jones Online Financial Solutions
business, that help further strengthen its real-time
capabilities in the wealth management and electronic trading
sectors. Interactive Data continued to invest in expanding the
breadth and depth of the data covered and products offered.
Pricing and Reference Data added new information resources,
transparency tools, and broader coverage of
hard-to-value
instruments. It also introduced new services such as the
Business Entity Service and Options Volatility Service aimed at
helping firms address risk management and compliance challenges.
In Real-Time Services, investments were aimed at expanding
market coverage to include a broader range of emerging markets,
level 2 data for a variety of global exchanges, and
multi-lateral trading facilities. New product launches in this
business included
PlusBooktm,
a new consolidated order book service for the European financial
industry, and enhancements to the PrimePortal product, which are
used to create customised Web solutions for wealth management
and infomedia applications. eSignal introduced new services and
enhanced existing offerings such as its Market-Q browser-based
workstation, which has been well received in the North American
wealth management market.
Interactive Data made a number of bolt-on acquisitions in late
2009 and into early 2010 including: the data and tools assets of
Dow Jones and Companys OFS business, which expands the
growing web-based solutions business in North America;
Dubai-based Telerate Systems Limited (completed on
14 January 2010), a long-time eSignal sales agent; and
7ticks (completed on 15 January 2010), an innovative
provider of very fast electronic trading networks and managed
services.
During January 2010, the Group announced that Interactive Data
was undertaking a preliminary review of strategic alternatives
for its business. At the date of this report, the outcome of the
review is still uncertain.
The
Penguin Group
Penguin Group sales increased to £1,002m in 2009 from
£903m in 2008 but adjusted operating profit was down 10% to
£84m in 2009 from £93m in 2008. Both sales and
adjusted operating profit were affected by the stronger US
dollar which we estimate increased sales by £109m and
adjusted operating profit by £7m when compared to the
equivalent figures at constant 2008 exchange rates. In 2009,
Penguin implemented a series of organisational changes in the UK
designed to strengthen its publishing, reduce costs and
accelerate the transition to digital production, sales channels
and formats and to lower cost markets for design and production.
Penguins 2009 results include approximately £9m of
charges relating to these organisational changes.
In the US, Penguin had 30 number 1 New York Times bestsellers,
Penguins most ever, and placed 243 bestsellers on New York
Times lists. Bestsellers included works from debut novels such
as Kathryn Stocketts The Help and Janice Y.K.
Lees The Piano Teacher, along with books by
established authors such as Charlaine Harris and Nora Roberts.
In the UK, top-selling titles included Marian Keyes
This Charming Man, Malcolm Gladwells
Outliers, Ant and Decs Ooh! What a Lovely Pair
and Antony Beevors
D-Day.
Penguin Childrens list had a very strong year with
standout performances from brands such as The Very Hungry
Caterpillar (which celebrated its 40th anniversary) and
Peppa Pig. Through an iPhone app, consumers were offered
a try-before-you buy model of Paul Hoffmans The Left
Hand of God, providing free downloads of the first three
chapters.
In Australia, Penguin was named Publisher of the Year for the
second year running at the Australian Book Industry Awards.
Number 1 bestselling authors included Bryce Courtenay, Tom
Winton, Clive Cussler and Richelle
32
Mead. In Canada, top-selling local authors included Joseph
Boyden and Alice Munro, who was awarded the International Man
Booker prize, and our international authors Greg Mortenson and
Elizabeth Gilbert led the paperback non-fiction category. In
India, Penguin is the largest English language trade publisher,
with bestselling authors in 2009 including Narayana Murthy and
Nandan Nilekani. In South Africa, top-selling Penguin authors
included John van de Ruit and Justin Bonello.
eBook sales grew fourfold on the previous year. 14,000 eBook
titles are now available. eBook sales are expected to grow
rapidly in 2010, benefiting from the popularity of
e-readers
such as Amazons Kindle, the Sony Reader and Barnes and
Nobles nook as well as new devices such as Apples
iPad.
Penguins adjusted operating margins deteriorated in 2009,
dropping to 8.4% from 10.3% in 2008. The main reason for the
decline was the charges in 2009 relating to the reorganisation
of the UK business.
Year
ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended
December 31, 2007
Consolidated
results of operations
Sales
Our total sales from continuing operations increased by
£649m, or 16%, to £4,811m in 2008, from £4,162m
in 2007. The increase reflected growth, on a constant exchange
rate basis, across all the businesses together with additional
contributions from acquisitions made in both 2007 and 2008. The
year on year growth was impacted by movements in exchange rates,
particularly in the US dollar. 2008 sales, translated at 2007
average exchange rates, would have been £4,491m.
Pearson Education increased sales by £484m or 18% from
£2,628m to £3,112m. The North American business was
the major contributor to the increase and although much of the
increase was due to exchange rates and a contribution from the
Harcourt Assessment acquisition in 2008, we estimate that after
excluding acquisitions there was growth of 3% at constant last
year exchange rates. The North American Education business saw
growth ahead of the market in its US Higher Education business
and strong performances in state testing, catalogue tests and
clinical assessment in its US Assessment and Information
division. These businesses offset some decline in the US School
Curriculum business which faced a decline in the overall US
school publishing market of 4.4% (source: Association of
American Publishers). International Education sales also
benefitted from exchange and a full year contribution from the
Harcourt Publishing acquisition in 2007. After excluding the
effect of acquisitions we estimate that there was growth of 2%
at constant last year exchange rates. Although there was good
growth in the International Publishing business, the loss of a
key school testing contract held back growth in the
International Assessment business. Professional sales increased
in 2008 by 8% or 1% at constant last year exchange rates. Growth
in professional testing and certification was partially offset
by some decline in the professional publishing markets.
FT Group sales were 16% ahead of last year with growth at FT
Publishing and Interactive Data. FT Publishing sales were up by
13% or 4% after excluding the contribution from acquisitions
made in 2007 and 2008 and the effect of exchange. FT
Publishings sales growth was driven by a shift toward
subscription and service based revenues. The newspaper
maintained circulation but advertising revenues fell by 3% as
the advertising market weakened in the fourth quarter of 2008.
Interactive Data sales were up by 18% (9% at constant last year
exchange rates and before the contribution from acquisitions)
driven by strong sales to both existing and new institutional
customers and the maintenance of renewal rates at approximately
95% within the institutional services sector.
Penguins sales were up 7% in 2008 (3% at constant last
year exchange rates and before the effect of portfolio changes)
as a result of a strong publishing performance in all its
markets in a year where the business continued to publish
bestsellers and win awards.
Pearson Education, our largest business sector, accounted for
65% of our continuing business sales in 2008 compared to 63% in
2007. North America continued to be the most significant source
of our sales and as a proportion of total continuing sales
contributed 63% in 2008 and 62% in 2007.
33
Cost
of goods sold and operating expenses
The following table summarizes our cost of sales and net
operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
2,174
|
|
|
|
1,910
|
|
Distribution costs
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
Administration and other expenses
|
|
|
1,853
|
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
Other operating income
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
1,701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold. Cost of sales consists of
costs for raw materials, primarily paper, printing and binding
costs, amortization of pre-publication costs and royalty
charges. Our cost of sales increased by £264m, or 14%, to
£2,174m in 2008, from £1,910m in 2007. The increase
corresponds to the increase in sales with cost of sales at 45.2%
of sales in 2008 compared to 45.9% in 2007.
Distribution costs. Distribution costs consist
primarily of shipping costs, postage and packing and remained at
a fairly constant percentage of sales in 2008 compared to 2007.
Administration and other expenses. Our
administration and other expenses increased by £253m, or
16%, to £1,853m in 2008, from £1,600m in 2007. As a
percentage of sales they increased slightly to 39% in 2008 from
38% in 2007.
Other operating income. Other operating income
mainly consists of freight recharges,
sub-rights
and licensing income and distribution commissions together with
income from sale of assets. Other operating income remained
fairly consistent at £102m in 2008 compared to £101m
in 2007.
Share
of results of joint ventures and associates
The contribution from our joint ventures and associates
increased slightly from £23m in 2007 to £25m in 2008.
The majority of the profit comes from our 50% interest in the
Economist.
Operating
profit
The total operating profit increased by £102m, or 18%, to
£676m in 2008 from £574m in 2007. 2008 operating
profit, translated at 2007 average exchange rates, would have
been £71m lower.
Operating profit attributable to Pearson Education increased by
£45m, or 12%, to £406m in 2008, from £361m in
2007. The increase was mainly due to exchange which offset the
effect of increased intangible amortization and the cost of
integrating Harcourt Assessment with the existing Assessment
businesses. Operating profit attributable to the FT Group
increased by £39m, or 28%, to £179m in 2008, from
£140m in 2007. The increase reflects exchange differences
and a contribution from new acquisitions but also reflects
improved margins at Interactive Data which offset some
reorganization costs at the Financial Times. Operating profit
attributable to the Penguin Group increased by £18m, or
25%, to £91m in 2008, from £73m in 2007. Although
Penguin benefitted from exchange there was also continued
progress on margin improvement.
Net
finance costs
Net finance costs decreased from £106m in 2007 to £91m
in 2008. Net interest payable in 2008 was £89m, down from
£95m in 2007. Although our fixed rate policy reduces the
impact of changes in market interest rates, we were still able
to benefit from a fall in average US dollar and sterling
interest rates during the year. Year on year, average three
month LIBOR (weighted for the Groups net borrowings in US
dollars and sterling at each year end) fell by 2.3% to 3.1%.
This reduction in floating market interest rates was partially
offset by higher fixed bond coupons prevailing at the time of
our 2008 bond issue. The overall result was a decrease in the
Groups average net
34
interest rate payable by 1.4% to 5.9%. In 2008 the net finance
income relating to post-retirement plans was an income of
£8m compared to an income of £10m in the previous year.
Other net finance costs relating to foreign exchange and
short-term fluctuations in the market value of financial
instruments included a net foreign exchange loss of £11m in
2008 compared to a loss of £17m in 2007. In 2008 the loss
related to the retranslation of foreign currency bank overdrafts
and a variety of inter-company items. In 2007 the loss mainly
related to losses on Euro denominated debt used to hedge the
receipt of proceeds from the sale of Les Echos. For a more
detailed discussion of our borrowings and interest expenses see
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Capital Resources and
Borrowings below and Item 11.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Taxation
The total tax charge in 2008 of £172m represents 29% of
pre-tax profits compared to a charge of £131m or 28% of
pre-tax profits in 2007. Our overseas profits, which arise
mainly in the US are largely subject to tax at higher rates than
the UK corporation tax rate (28.5% in 2008 compared to 30% in
2007). Higher tax rates were offset by releases from provisions
reflecting continuing progress in agreeing our tax affairs with
the authorities.
Minority
interests
This comprises mainly the minority share in Interactive Data.
Our share of Interactive Data remained at 62% throughout 2008,
leaving the minority interest unchanged at 38%.
Discontinued
operations
Discontinued operations relate to the disposal of Government
Solutions (in February 2007), Les Echos (in December 2007),
Datamark (in July 2007) and the Data Management business
(in February 2008). The results of Government Solutions and Les
Echos have been included in discontinued operations for 2007 and
have been consolidated up to the date of sale. Operating profit
for Government Solutions in 2007 was £2m and the loss on
disposal after tax recorded in 2007 was £112m after a tax
charge of £93m. Les Echos operating profit in 2007
amounted to £1m and the profit on sale recorded in 2007 was
£165m. There was no tax payable on the Les Echos sale.
Datamark was bought with the eCollege acquisition in 2007 and
immediately sold. The only profit or loss recognized relating to
Datamark was a £7m tax benefit arising from the taxable
loss on sale. The Data Management business was included in
discontinued operations in 2007 and 2008. In 2007 the operating
profit before impairment charges was £12m compared to
£nil in 2008. The Data Management business was formerly
part of the Groups Other Assessment and Testing
cash-generating unit (CGU) and was carved out of this CGU in
preparation for disposal. As a result, the Group recognized a
goodwill impairment charge of £97m in 2007 in anticipation
of the loss on disposal. The loss before tax on disposal in 2008
was £53m, mainly relating to the cumulative translation
adjustment. There was a tax charge of £37m on the sale.
Profit
for the year
The profit for the financial year in 2008 was £323m
compared to a profit in 2007 of £310m. The overall increase
of £13m was mainly due to the improved operating
performance with a contribution from reduced net finance costs.
Offsetting this was the increased tax charge and increased loss
from the disposal of discontinued businesses.
Earnings
per ordinary share
The basic earnings per ordinary share, which is defined as the
profit for the financial year divided by the weighted average
number of shares in issue, was 36.6p in 2008 compared to 35.6p
in 2007 based on a weighted average number of shares in issue of
797.0m in 2008 and 796.8m in 2007. The increase in earnings per
share was due to the increase in profit for 2008 described above
and was not significantly affected by the movement in the
weighted average number of shares.
35
The diluted earnings per ordinary share of 36.6p in 2008 and
35.6p in 2007 was not significantly different from the basic
earnings per share in those years as the effect of dilutive
share options was again not significant.
Exchange
rate fluctuations
The strengthening of the US dollar and other currencies against
sterling on an average basis had a positive impact on reported
sales and profits in 2008 compared to 2007. 2008 sales,
translated at 2007 average exchange rates, would have been lower
by £320m and operating profit, translated at 2007 average
exchange rates, would have been lower by £71m. See
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk for a discussion regarding our
management of exchange rate risks.
Sales
and operating profit by division
The following tables summarize our sales and operating profit
for each of Pearsons divisions. Adjusted operating profit
is a non-GAAP financial measure and is included as it is a key
financial measure used by management to evaluate performance and
allocate resources to business segments. See also note 2 of
Item 18. Financial Statements.
In our adjusted operating profit we have excluded amortization
of acquired intangibles. The amortization of acquired
intangibles is the amortization of intangible assets acquired
through business combinations. The charge is not considered to
be fully reflective of the underlying performance of the Group.
Adjusted operating profit enables management to more easily
track the underlying operational performance of the Group. A
reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted operating profit
for continuing operations is included in the tables below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
North
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
|
42%
|
|
|
|
18%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
19%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
|
38%
|
|
|
|
17%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
10%
|
|
|
|
17%
|
|
|
|
13%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of acquired Intangibles
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: continuing Operations
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: discontinued Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40%
|
|
|
|
17%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
10%
|
|
|
|
16%
|
|
|
|
12%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
North
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
|
|
|
40%
|
|
|
|
18%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
21%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
|
44%
|
|
|
|
14%
|
|
|
|
4%
|
|
|
|
9%
|
|
|
|
16%
|
|
|
|
13%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of acquired Intangibles
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: continuing Operations
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
619
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: discontinued Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43%
|
|
|
|
15%
|
|
|
|
6%
|
|
|
|
9%
|
|
|
|
15%
|
|
|
|
12%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
North
American Education
North American Education sales increased by £335m, or 20%,
to £2,002m in 2008, from £1,667m in 2007 and adjusted
operating profit increased by £30m, or 11%, to £303m
in 2008 from £273m in 2007. The results were significantly
affected by the weakening of sterling, which we estimate
increased sales by £156m and adjusted operating profit by
£17m when compared to the equivalent figures at constant
2007 exchange rates. At constant exchange and after taking
account of the contribution from acquisitions there was
underlying growth in sales but some decline in profits as the
contribution from the US school curriculum business declined in
a falling market and we expensed costs on the integration of
Harcourt Assessment.
In the US school market, the Association of American
Publishers estimate that there was an overall decrease for
the industry of 4.4% as state budget issues caused particular
industry-wide weakness in the supplementary publishing segment
and the open territories (those territories that do not have a
state-wide adoption process). New adoption market share was 31%
in the adoptions where Pearson competed (and 28% of the total
new adoption market). The US School business launched
enVisionMATH, an integrated
print-and-digital
elementary mathematics program (and the next generation of the
innovative and highly successful California social studies
program). enVisionMATH helped to gain a market-leading 38% share
of all math adoptions, including 50% in Texas. The program also
sold strongly across the Open Territories. During the year the
U.S. Department of Defense awarded the US school business a
five-year contract to provide elementary-school reading
programs, including Pearsons Reading Street, for its
schools around the world.
In the US Assessment and Information business, the integration
of Harcourt Assessment progressed well with strong performances
in state testing, catalogue tests and clinical assessments. The
market-leading state assessments division continued to gain
share and the business now provides major state-wide testing
services to 30 states. The business took the lead in online
testing with over 3.8 million secure tests delivered across
13 states during the year, up from 2.5 million in
2007. The National Assessments division benefited from new
long-term contracts including the American Diploma Project (a
three-year contract to deliver Algebra II exams to a
consortium of fifteen states); the College Boards
Accuplacer program (a seven-year contract to deliver
computer-adaptive reading, writing and maths test to assess
college readiness); and the National Board for Professional
Teaching Standards (a five-year
37
contract to develop, administer and score its National Board
Certification program for accomplished teachers, covering 25
certificate areas). The leading position in teacher
certification was boosted by a three-year renewal in California,
a six-year renewal in Oklahoma, a four-year renewal in New
Mexico and a two-year contract to manage Californias
certification testing for teachers of English as a foreign
language. The Clinical Assessments division benefited from the
strong growth of our AimsWeb data management and progress
monitoring service for the Response to Intervention (RTI) market
(which monitors children who are having learning difficulty) and
the publication of WAIS-IV and MMPI-RF, new editions of the
leading products for assessing intelligence and personality.
There were major contract wins in Student Information Systems
including South Carolina (709,000 students), Dallas (165,000
students) and Baltimore (83,000 students). There were also
continued gains by our new Edustructures business with State
Education Agencies, and it successfully implemented
proof-of-concept
projects in Kansas and Alaska, and expanded projects in
Virginia, South Carolina and Wyoming.
The US Higher Education publishing market was up 3.6% in 2008,
according to the Association of American Publishers, benefiting
from healthy enrolments, even in tougher economic conditions,
and federal government action to support student funding. The
industry continues to see strong demand for instructional
materials that are enhanced by technology and customization. Our
US Higher Education business grew significantly faster than the
industry and outperformed the market for the tenth straight
year. There was continued investment in established and new
author franchises, such as Campbell and Reeces
Biology, Tros Chemistry, Lilienfeld, Lynn,
Namy and Woolfs Psychology and Wysocki and
Lynchs DK Handbook. There was also rapid growth in
MyLab digital learning, homework and assessment
programs, which now span the curriculum. MyLab products were
used by more than 4.3m students globally, with student
registrations 48% higher than in 2007. Evaluation studies show
that the use of the MyLab programs can significantly improve
student test scores and institutional productivity. We saw
strong growth in Custom Solutions with our expansion beyond
custom textbooks to educational solutions including on-demand
authoring of original content, customized technology, and
on-demand curriculum, assessments and courseware. The Higher
Education business formed new strategic partnerships to provide
materials and online learning services to educational
institutions. These included Rio Salado College in Arizona,
which has 450 online classes and 48,000 students; the Colorado
Community College system, providing digital textbooks for 17
courses; and the Louisiana Community & Technical
College System, providing students with a customised online
learning program across 47 campuses through the combination of
custom textbooks, eCollege and MyLabs. eCollege, the platform
for fully-online distance learning in higher education,
increased enrolments by 34% to 2.5m and benefited from continued
strong renewal rates. It achieved good new business performance
in both the US and internationally, most notably in Brazil.
Overall adjusted operating margins in the North American
Education business were lower at 15.1% in 2008 compared to 16.4%
in 2007 with the majority of the decline attributable to the
Harcourt Assessment integration costs.
International
Education
International Education sales increased by £131m, or 18%,
to £866m in 2008, from £735m in 2007 and adjusted
operating profit increased by £43m, or 47%, to £135m
in 2008 from £92m in 2007. The results benefit from
exchange gains and a full year contribution in 2008 from the
acquisition of Harcourt International.
In the UK, Edexcel received over 1.3 million registrations
for vocational assessment which, when combined with more than
2.1 million registrations for general qualifications, made
it one of the UKs largest assessment organisations.
Edexcel marked 4.3m A-level and GCSE (national
secondary school examinations) scripts onscreen, representing
88% of all student work marked by their examiners. Edexcel also
made a significant investment in supporting the growth of
academic and vocational qualifications both in the UK and
internationally including the UKs new Diploma
qualification for
14-19 year-olds,
the IGCSE qualifications to meet the needs of International
schools and colleges and BTEC, Edexcels flagship
vocational qualification where registrations have grown from
about 70,000 to 250,000 in the last two years.
The UK school publishing business grew ahead of the market, with
Harcourt International making a significant contribution. This
was driven by curriculum reform and market share gains in the
secondary market, helped by strong publishing, innovative
technology and integrated assessment for learning. The
combination of Pearson
38
content, customisation capabilities and technology supported
strong performances in Higher Education and ELT across the
European markets including France, Benelux and Central and
Eastern Europe.
The MyLab digital learning, homework and assessment
programmes were used internationally by more than 237,000
students, up 82% on 2007, and are now sold in more than 65
countries worldwide. MyLabs and Mastering Physics, two of
Pearsons online education programmes, continue to win
international adoptions, increasingly with localised versions
for individual markets.
In the Middle East, the business won a contract to deliver the
Abu Dhabi Education Councils external assessment program
that started in 2009 and is expected to run to 2011. The tests
cover English, Arabic, mathematics and science for students in
grades 3 to 11. Pearson worked with Jordans Ministry of
Education to build a test development system which has been
enhanced to support the creation of test items and tests in
Arabic, replacing a paper-based system.
In India, International Education saw rapid sales growth
underpinned by strong local publishing of titles including
Macroeconomics by Errol DSousa of IIM Ahmedabad and
Upinder Singhs book on Ancient and Medieval Indian
History. Two books published by Pearson Education won the First
and Third Prize in the Delhi Management Associations
DMA-NTPC Awards. In Thailand, Pearson secured its largest
adoption of MyITLab outside North America at Sripatum University
accompanied by the Go! Office 2007 series of textbooks.
International Education saw rapid growth in Mexico, the
business largest market in the Latin America region, with
particularly strong growth in custom publishing. In English
Language Teaching, we won an integrated custom publishing,
academic support and services solutions contract with CONALEP,
the national vocational/technical secondary program. We
developed a custom publishing program for a leading test prep
academy, CONAMAT, which included Simplified Mathematics,
the best selling title of the program, selling over
20,000 units. In Panama, the Ministry of Education adopted
Prentice Halls Virtual Labs and Lab Manuals for Chemistry
and Biology for 75,000 high school students. In Brazil, which
has Latin Americas largest and fastest-growing university
population, Pearson provided custom publishing services to five
leading universities in business, math, science, engineering and
several other fields. There was growing success in Government
tenders including a new local math series for middle schools in
Mexico and the adoption of two levels of our primary Science
program in Chile, adapted from our US Scott Foresman
5th/6th Grade program, to support local curriculum
standards in Spanish. Strong growth of English Language Teaching
materials across Latin America was underpinned by the
performance in Mexico, Argentina, Colombia, Peru and Central
America.
International Education adjusted operating margins continued to
improve and the increase in the overall margin from 12.5% in
2007 to 15.6% in 2008 continued to reflect increases in both
publishing and testing margins.
Professional
Professional sales increased by £18m, or 8%, to £244m
in 2008 from £226m in 2007. Adjusted operating profit from
continuing operations increased by £9m or 33% to £36m
in 2008, from £27m in 2007. Sales were affected by the
weakness of sterling, which increased sales by £15m when
compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2007 exchange
rates.
In professional testing (Pearson VUE), approximately 6m secure
online tests were delivered in more than 4,000 test centers
worldwide in 2008, an increase of 2% over 2007. Registration
volumes for the Graduate Management Admissions Council test rose
12% worldwide in 2008, including a 22% increase outside the US.
New business included contracts to provide certification exams
for the Health Authority of Abu Dhabi, end of course exams for
Maryland University College, certification exams for the
Institute of Supply Management, the development and
administration of tests for the Colorado Office of Barber and
Cosmetology Licensure and an exclusive contract with Adobe.
Renewals included contracts with the Georgia Insurance Licensing
Board, the Virginia Board of Nursing, the Law National
Admissions Consortium, Measurement Research Associates Inc., and
the Kentucky Real Estate Commission. Pearson VUE also announced
the transition of The Institute of Internal Auditors
certification exam, the Certified Internal Auditor, from
paper-and-pencil
to computer-based test delivery. The Certified Internal Auditor
designation is the only globally accepted certification for
internal auditors and will be delivered in English, Japanese,
French, Spanish and Italian. The business also agreed a
partnership with NIIT Ltd. of
39
India to expand Pearson VUEs certification network in
India, extending a range of tests for students throughout the
country. In a first phase, Pearson VUE and NIIT will set up
testing facilities in Bangalore, Chennai, New Delhi, Hyderabad
and Pune.
In Professional publishing, The iPhone Developers
Cookbook by Erica Sadun initially published online as a
DRM-free ebook, became the number one computer book for Amazon
Kindle and the number one book on Safari. And, when published in
print form, became the number one Computers & Internet
Book on Amazon. Scott Kelby, an author at our technology imprint
Peachpit, was the top-selling author of computer books in the
United States for the fifth consecutive year with titles such as
The iPhone Book, Mac OS X Leopard Book and The
Adobe CS4 Book for Digital Photographers. The Professional
publishing business created nearly 200 video based educational
lessons (230 hours of video) including Aarron Walters
SEO And Beyond, and Deitel & Associates
C# 2008 Fundamentals I and II and built new
distribution channels for video via our web sites, and via
Safari Books Online. The business developed a new iterative
publishing programme called Rough Cuts which allows authors and
customers to interact ahead of publication, building awareness
and capturing customer contributions. Almost 25% of the print
books published in 2008 entered the Rough Cuts program,
benefiting from comments prior to print publication. There was
also strong growth in eBooks, videos and other digital assets
sold directly (via our websites and our joint venture, Safari
Books Online) and through other digital retail outlets (such as
the Amazon Kindle and Sony eReader). Sales of English and local
language technology books saw good growth in international
markets including the Middle East, South Africa, India and South
America with best-sellers including CCNA Exam Certification
Library by Wendell Odom, Presentation Zen by Garr
Reynolds and Effective Java 2E by Josh Bloch. Titles by
Pearsons business imprints, including FTPress and Wharton
School Publishing, included Financial Shock by Mark
Zandi, Chief Economist at Moodys and an advisor to the
White House, on the causes of the credit crunch with particular
emphasis on the
sub-prime
mortgage market.
Overall adjusted operating margins in the Professional business
continued their rapid improvement and were higher at 14.8% in
2008 compared to 11.9% in 2007 as margins improved again in both
the testing and professional publishing businesses.
FT
Publishing
Sales at FT Publishing increased by £46m or 13%, from
£344m in 2007 to £390m in 2008. Adjusted operating
profit from continuing operations increased by £18m, from
£56m in 2007 to £74m in 2008. The sales and profit
increase is mainly generated by Mergermarket, which continued to
perform strongly.
FT Publishing benefited from the shift towards subscription and
service-based revenues despite a tough advertising market,
particularly in the fourth quarter. Financial Times
maintained worldwide newspaper circulation at approximately
435,000 (434,196 average for the June-December ABC period) and
won both major UK press awards: Newspaper of the Year at the
2008 British Press Awards and Newspaper Awards. In the UK
National Readership Survey, readership rose more than 16% to
418,000. Financial Times circulation revenues were up 16%
as investment in content and demand for high-quality analysis of
the global financial crisis supported increases in pricing and
quality of circulation. FT Publishing advertising revenues were
3% lower for the full year, with a significantly weaker
advertising market in the fourth quarter as financial
institutions, technology companies and recruiters reduced their
marketing investment. During 2008 we took a series of actions to
reduce cost and prepare for more difficult trading conditions in
2009. The Financial Times continued to invest in international
expansion and fast-growing markets. It successfully launched a
new edition for the Middle East, and Rui, a lifestyle and
wealth-management magazine for Chinas fast-growing
business elite.
FT.com benefited from the launch of an innovative new access
model involving registration for access to more than three
articles per month. Subscribers grew 9% to 109,609, while
registered users increased more than five-fold from about
150,000 at the end of 2007 to 966,000 at the end of 2008.
There was a strong performance from Mergermarket, benefiting
from its digital subscription model, with contract renewal rates
of almost 85%. The Mergermarket and Debtwire products performed
particularly well, emphasising that the services remain valuable
to customers throughout the cycle. Mergermarket launched two new
products, Debtwire ABS and Debtwire Restructuring Database, in
response to growing levels of distressed asset sales and
restructuring funds. It continued to expand and acquire new
customers geographically in the US, Europe
40
and Asia, launching its M&A event-driven product,
dealReporter, in Russia, Poland, Turkey, the UAE and South
Africa. Mergermarket also continued to build its Pharmawire
product for financial institutions that support the
pharmaceutical industry. Mergermarkets conference
business, Remark, had a strong year, with significant growth in
the number of events, attendees and newsletter publications. It
also increased its digital offering in this business through
video, podcasts and live webcasts. In January 2008, FT acquired
Money-Media, which provides online news and commentary for the
fund-management industry. During the year, Money-Media rolled
out Ignites Europe, an online news service for people working
with the European cross-border fund industry.
At The Economist, in which Pearson owns a 50% stake, global
weekly circulation increased by 6.4% to 1.39 m (for the
July-December 2008 ABC period). FTSE, in which Pearson also owns
a 50% stake, announced several new indices including expansion
of the FTSE Environmental Opportunities Index and introduction,
in partnership with the Athens Exchange, of the FTSE/ATHEX
Liquid Mid Index. Our share of the profits of the Economist and
FTSE totaled £18m in 2008 compared to £17m in 2007.
Overall adjusted operating margins at FT Publishing continued to
increase driven by the online businesses and in 2008 were 19.0%
compared to 16.3% in 2007.
Interactive
Data
Interactive Data, grew its sales by 18% from £344m in 2007
to £406m in 2008. Adjusted operating profit grew by 25%
from £97m in 2007 to £121m in 2008. Interactive Data
margins increased from 28.2% in 2007 to 29.8% in 2008. Both
sales and adjusted operating profit were affected by the
relative strength of the US dollar, which we estimate increased
sales by £28m and adjusted operating profit by £9m
when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2007
exchange rates.
Interactive Data revenue growth was driven by strong new sales
and approximately 95% renewal rates within its Institutional
Services segment. Pricing and Reference Data continued to
generate good growth in North America and Europe. Growth was
primarily organic, providing additional services to customers;
but it also benefited from bolt-on acquisitions, most recently
the purchase of NDF, a leading provider of securities pricing,
reference data and related services to most of the major
financial institutions in Japan. Real-Time Services saw strong
growth in its real-time data feeds business and continued
expansion of its Managed Solutions business in the United
States. Real-Time Services added a number of new market sources
in North America and the Middle East. The Managed Solutions
business announced that it had doubled the number of clients in
the United States during the past year to 80. There was
continued investment in expanding the breadth and depth of the
data covered and products offered, including a new alliance to
provide complex derivatives and structured product valuation
services; and in the capacity of its real-time infrastructure to
allow for the anticipated growth in real-time market data
volumes.
Interactive Data continued to benefit from growth trends,
including heightened scrutiny around the valuation of
securities, increasing regulation, increasing adoption of low
latency data for algorithmic trading and continuing need to
differentiate wealth management offerings with bespoke client
interface solutions.
The
Penguin Group
Penguin Group sales increased to £903m in 2008 from
£846m in 2007 and adjusted operating profit was up 26% to
£93m in 2008 from £74m in 2007. Both sales and
adjusted operating profit were affected by the stronger US
dollar which we estimate increased sales by £54m and
adjusted operating profit by £16m when compared to the
equivalent figures at constant 2007 exchange rates.
In the US, Penguin had a number one New York Times
bestseller for 49 weeks of the year, including Patricia
Cornwells Scarpetta, Eckhart Tolles A New
Earth and Greg Mortensons Three Cups of Tea.
Penguin authors won the major industry awards. Junot
Díaz won The Pulitzer Prize for Fiction and the National
Book Critics Circle Award for Fiction for The Brief Wondrous
Life of Oscar Wao, and Barton Gellman won the Pulitzer Prize
for National Reporting.
In the UK, Penguin had 67 top ten bestsellers versus 52 in 2007,
according to BookScan. The number one bestseller Devil May
Care, the new James Bond novel by Sebastian Faulks, was the
fastest-selling hardback fiction title in Penguin UKs
history and third-bestselling in the UK in 2008. Other
bestsellers included This Charming Man
41
by Marian Keyes, The Beach House by Jane Green and
Jamies Ministry of Food by Jamie Oliver. Penguin UK
also published many more paperback originals, including Judith
OReillys A Wife in the North.
In Australia, Penguin was named Publisher of the Year at the
Australian Book Industry Awards (and won four of the seven
awards for individual books) and grew sales ahead of its markets
with bestsellers including titles from Australian authors Bryce
Courtenay and Tim Winton alongside international authors Marian
Keyes and Eckhart Tolle. In India, Penguin is the largest trade
publisher and continued to grow rapidly with authors such as
Shobhaa De, Amitav Ghosh and Nandan Nilekani. It also won the
major English language prizes in Indias national book
awards.
Penguins eBook publishing and sales expanded significantly
in 2008, with nearly five-fold growth in eBook sales in the US.
Penguin worldwide now has 8,500 eBook titles available, more
than double the number available in 2007 and during the year
Penguin US launched an Enriched eBook Classics series with Jane
Austens Pride and Prejudice, which debuted in the
top 10 on the Amazon Kindle bestseller list. The series is now
sold via online stores on both Amazon.com and Penguin.com.
Traffic for all Penguins web sites increased 37% to
17 million unique users.
Liquidity
and capital resources
Cash
flows and financing
Net cash generated from operations increased by £118m (or
13%), to £1,012m in 2009 from £894m in 2008. This
increase reflected strong cash contributions, particularly from
our education businesses. The exchange rate for translation of
dollar cash flows was $1.61 in 2009, $1.56 in 2008 and $1.99 in
2007. In 2009, the average working capital to sales ratio for
our book publishing businesses improved to 25.1% from 26.1% in
2008, reflecting tight working capital management and the
favourable working capital profile of 2009 acquisitions. Average
working capital is the average month end balance in the year of
inventory (including pre-publication), receivables and payables.
Net cash generated from operations increased by £235m (or
36%), to £894m in 2008 from £659m in 2007. This
increase reflected strong cash contributions from all
businesses, together with the significant strengthening of the
US dollar against sterling. In 2008, the headline average
working capital to sales ratio for our book publishing
businesses deteriorated to 26.1% from 25.6% in 2007, reflecting
the higher levels of working capital in Harcourt Assessments
(purchased at the end of January 2008). The underlying working
capital to sales ratio (excluding the effect of year on year
portfolio changes) improved to 25.8% in 2008 from 25.9% in 2007.
Net interest paid increased to £87m in 2009 from £76m
in 2008. The increase is due to the timing of payments on bonds
issued in 2008 and 2009. Net interest paid decreased to
£76m in 2008 from £90m in 2007. The decrease was due
to a reduction in US and UK interest rates, with some offset
from the higher level of debt following the acquisition of
Harcourt Assessments and the strength of the US dollar relative
to sterling.
Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment was
£62m in 2009, £75m in 2008 and £86m in 2007. The
reduction in spend in 2009 reflects a more cautious approach to
capital investment, given the uncertain economic environment,
particularly in the first half of the year. The reduction in
spend in 2008 reflects reduced infrastructure spend compared to
2007, notwithstanding the Group continued to invest in digital
technology.
The acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
accounted for a cash outflow of £222m in 2009 against
£400m in 2008 and £476m in 2007. The principal
acquisitions in 2009 were of Wall Street English for £101m
and a controlling interest in Maskew Miller Longman for
£54m, comprising £49m in cash and £5m in other
consideration. The principal acquisitions in 2008 were of
Harcourt Assessments for £324m and Money Media for
£33m. The principal acquisitions in 2007 were Harcourt
Education International for £155m and eCollege for
£266m.
The sale of subsidiaries and associates produced a cash inflow
of £14m in 2009 against £111m in 2008 and £469m
in 2007. The disposal in 2009 relates entirely to the proceeds
from the
take-up of
share options issued to minority shareholders. Proceeds of
£99m in 2008 relate to the sale of the Data Management
business, and £12m to the
take-up of
share options issued to minority shareholders. The principal
disposals in 2007 were of Government Solutions for £278m
and Les Echos for £156m.
42
The cash outflow from financing of £380m in 2009 reflects
the repayment of one $350m bond, the repayment of borrowings
under the Groups committed borrowing facility and an
increase of the dividend in line with earnings. Offsetting this,
the Group issued £300m of sterling bonds in the year.
The cash outflow from financing of £149m in 2008 reflects
the repayment at maturity of one £100m bond, the repayment
of borrowings against a short-term bridge financing facility and
a further increase in the dividend. Offsetting this, the Group
issued $900m of US Dollar bonds. The cash outflow from
financing activities of £444m in 2007 represented the
higher dividend and the repayment at maturity of one 591m
bond, offset in part by drawings on the Groups revolving
credit facility.
Capital
resources
Our borrowings fluctuate by season due to the effect of the
school year on the working capital requirements in the
educational materials business. Assuming no acquisitions or
disposals, our maximum level of net debt normally occurs in
July, and our minimum level of net debt normally occurs in
December. Based on a review of historical trends in working
capital requirements and of forecast monthly balance sheets for
the next 12 months, we believe that we have sufficient
funds available for the Groups present requirements, with
an appropriate level of headroom given our portfolio of
businesses and current plans. Our ability to expand and grow our
business in accordance with current plans and to meet long-term
capital requirements beyond this
12-month
period will depend on many factors, including the rate, if any,
at which our cash flow increases and the availability of public
and private debt and equity financing, including our ability to
secure bank lines of credit. We cannot be certain that
additional financing, if required, will be available on terms
favorable to us, if at all.
At December 31, 2009, our net debt was £1,092m
compared to net debt of £1,460m at December 31, 2008.
Net debt is defined as all short-term, medium-term and long-term
borrowing (including finance leases), less all cash, cash
equivalents and liquid resources. Cash equivalents comprise
short-term deposits with a maturity of up to 90 days, while
liquid resources comprise short-term deposits with maturities of
more than 90 days and other marketable instruments which
are readily realizable and held on a short-term basis.
Short-term, medium-term and long-term borrowing amounted to
£2,008m at December 31, 2009, compared to £2,363m
at December 31, 2008 reflecting the impact of the
strengthening of sterling relative to the US Dollar. At
December 31, 2009, cash and liquid resources were
£750m, compared to £685m at December 31, 2008.
Contractual
obligations
The following table summarizes the maturity of our borrowings
and our obligations under non-cancelable operating leases,
exclusive of anticipated interest payments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
One to
|
|
|
Two to
|
|
|
After five
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
one year
|
|
|
two years
|
|
|
five years
|
|
|
years
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
Gross borrowings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonds
|
|
|
1,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
|
847
|
|
Finance lease obligations
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
1,487
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
342
|
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3,495
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
|
1,102
|
|
|
|
1,695
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2009 the Group had capital commitments for
fixed assets, including finance leases already under contract,
of £15m (2008: £7m). There are contingent liabilities
in respect of indemnities, warranties and guarantees in relation
to former subsidiaries and in respect of guarantees in relation
to subsidiaries and associates. In addition there are contingent
liabilities in respect of legal claims. None of these claims or
guarantees is expected to result in a material gain or loss.
43
The Group is committed to an annual fee of 0.0675% payable
quarterly, on the unused amount of the Groups bank
facility.
Off-Balance
sheet arrangements
The Group does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as
defined by the SEC Final Rule 67 (FR-67), Disclosure
in Managements Discussion and Analysis about Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations,
that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or
future effect on the Groups financial position or results
of operations.
Borrowings
The Group finances its operations by a mixture of cash flows
from operations, short-term borrowings from banks and commercial
paper markets, and longer term loans from banks and capital
markets.
We have in place a committed revolving credit facility of
$1.75bn, of which $92m matures in May 2011 and the balance of
$1.658bn matures in May 2012. At December 31, 2009, the
full $1.75bn was available under this facility. This credit
facility contains two key covenants measured for each
12 month period ending June 30 and December 31:
We must maintain the ratio of our profit before interest, tax
and amortization to our net interest payable at no less than
3:1; and
We must maintain the ratio of our net debt to our EBITDA, which
we explain below, at no more than 4:1.
EBITDA refers to earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization. We are currently in compliance
with these covenants.
Treasury
policy
Our treasury policy is described in note 19 of
Item 18. Financial Statements. For a more
detailed discussion of our borrowing and use of derivatives, see
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk.
Related
parties
There were no significant or unusual related party transactions
in 2009, 2008 or 2007. Refer to note 35 in
Item 18. Financial Statements.
Accounting
principles
For a description of our principal accounting policies used
refer to note 1 in Item 18. Financial
Statements.
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
DIRECTORS,
SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
|
Directors
and senior management
We are managed by a board of directors and a chief executive who
reports to the board and manages through a management committee.
We refer to the board of directors and the chairman of the board
of directors as our senior management.
44
The following table sets forth information concerning senior
management, as of March 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Glen Moreno
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
Chairman
|
Marjorie Scardino
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Chief Executive
|
David Arculus
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Non-executive Director
|
Terry Burns
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
Non-executive Director
|
Patrick Cescau
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
Non-executive Director
|
Will Ethridge
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Chief Executive, Pearson Education North America
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive, The FT Group
|
Robin Freestone
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Susan Fuhrman
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Non-executive Director
|
Ken Hydon
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Non-executive Director
|
John Makinson
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive, Penguin Group
|
CK Prahalad
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
Non-executive Director
|
Glen Moreno was appointed chairman of Pearson on
October 1, 2005 and is chairman of the nomination
committee. He is a director of Fidelity International Limited
and was previously senior independent director of Man Group plc.
From January 2009 to August 2009, he was also acting chairman of
UK Financial Investments Limited, the company set up by HM
Treasury to manage the governments shareholdings in UK
banks. Effective March 1, 2010, he was appointed
non-executive director of Lloyds Banking Group plc and became
their senior independent director.
Marjorie Scardino joined the board and became chief
executive in January 1997. She is a member of Pearsons
nomination committee. She trained and practiced as a lawyer and
was chief executive of The Economist Group from 1993 until
joining Pearson. She is also vice chairman of Nokia Corporation
and on the board of several charitable organizations.
David Arculus became a non-executive director in February
2006 and currently serves on the audit and nomination committees
and as chairman of the personnel committee. He is a
non-executive director of Telefonica SA and was appointed
chairman of Numis Corporation plc in May 2009. His previous
roles include chairman of O2 plc, Severn Trent plc and IPC
Group, chief operating officer of United Business Media plc and
group managing director of EMAP plc.
Terry Burns became a non-executive director in May 1999
and the senior independent director in February 2004. He
currently serves on the nomination and personnel committees. He
was previously the UK governments chief economic advisor
from 1980 until 1991, Permanent Secretary of HM Treasury from
1991 until 1998 and chairman of Marks and Spencer Group plc. He
is chairman of Santander UK and Glas Cymru Limited and is a
non-executive director of Banco Santander SA. He was recently
appointed chairman of The Channel 4 Television Corporation.
Patrick Cescau became a non-executive director in April
2002. He serves on the audit committee and nomination committee.
He was previously group chief executive of Unilever. He is a
non-executive director of Tesco plc and joined the board of
directors of INSEAD, the Business School for the World, in June
2009.
Will Ethridge chief executive of Pearson Education North
America, joined the Pearson board in May 2008, having previously
held a number of senior positions within Pearson Education. He
is chairman of CourseSmart, a publishers consortium and of
the Association of American Publishers.
Rona Fairhead joined Pearson in October 2001 and became
chief financial officer in June 2002. She was appointed chairman
and chief executive of the FT Group in June 2006 and became
responsible for Pearson VUE in March 2008. From 1996 until 2001,
she worked at ICI plc, where she served as executive vice
president, group control and strategy. She is also chairman of
Interactive Data, a non-executive director of HSBC Holdings plc
and chairs the HSBC audit committee.
45
Robin Freestone joined Pearson in 2004 as deputy chief
financial officer and became chief financial officer in June
2006, when he also joined the Pearson board. He was previously
group financial controller of Amersham plc (now part of GE). He
qualified as a chartered accountant with Touche Ross (now
Deloitte). He is also a non-executive director and founder
shareholder of eChem Limited.
Susan Fuhrman became a non-executive director in July
2004. She is a member of the audit and nomination committees.
She is president of Teachers College at Columbia University,
Americas oldest and largest graduate school of education
and president of the National Academy of Education. She was
previously Dean of the Graduate school of Education at the
University of Pennsylvania and a member of the Board of Trustees
of the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching.
Ken Hydon became a non-executive director in February
2006 and currently serves on the personnel and nomination
committees and as chairman of the audit committee. He is a
non-executive director of Reckitt Benckiser Group plc, Tesco plc
and Royal Berks NHS Foundation Trust. He was previously finance
director of Vodafone Group plc and of subsidiaries of Racal
Electronics.
John Makinson became chairman of the Penguin Group in May
2001 and its chief executive officer in June 2002. He served as
Pearsons finance director from March 1996 until June 2002.
He is also chairman of the Institute for Public Policy Research,
director of The Royal National Theatre and trustee of The
International Rescue Committee (UK).
Coimbatore Krishnarao Prahalad became a non-executive
director in May 2008 and is a distinguished university professor
of corporate strategy and international business at the
University of Michigan Business School. He is a non-executive
director of NCR Corporation and Hindustan Unilever Corporation
and director of the World Resources Institute and the Indus
Entrepreneurs.
Compensation
of senior management
The committees principal duty is to determine and
regularly review, having regard to the Combined Code and on the
advice of the chief executive, the remuneration policy and the
remuneration and benefits packages of the executive directors,
the chief executives of the principal operating companies and
other members of the Pearson Management Committee who report
directly to the chief executive. This includes base salary,
annual and long-term incentive entitlements and awards, and
pension arrangements.
Remuneration
policy
Pearsons goal remains unchanged: to help people make
progress in their lives and thrive in a brain-based economy
through learning. The basic strategy to achieve that goal is
pursued by all Pearsons businesses in some shape or form
and has four fundamental parts: long-term organic growth
investment in content; adding services to our content;
international expansion; and efficiency.
Our starting point continues to be that total remuneration (base
compensation plus annual and long-term incentives) should reward
both short and long-term results, delivering competitive rewards
for target performance, but outstanding rewards for exceptional
company performance.
Total remuneration is made up of fixed and performance-linked
elements, with each element supporting different objectives.
Base salary reflects competitive market level, role and
individual contribution. Annual incentives motivate the
achievement of annual strategic goals. Bonus share matching
encourages executive directors and other senior executives to
acquire and hold Pearson shares and aligns executives and
shareholders interests. Long-term incentives drive
long-term earnings and share price growth and value creation and
align executives and shareholders interests.
Consistent with its policy, the Committee places considerable
emphasis on the performance-linked elements i.e., annual
incentives, bonus share matching and long-term incentives. We
will continue to review the mix of fixed and performance-linked
remuneration on an annual basis, consistent with its overall
philosophy.
We want our executive directors remuneration to be
competitive with those of directors and executives in similar
positions in comparable companies. In setting remuneration, the
Committee reviews remuneration at a range
46
of UK companies in different sectors including the media sector.
Some are of a similar size to Pearson, while others are larger,
but the method which the Committees independent advisers
use to make comparisons on remuneration takes this into account.
All have very substantial overseas operations. The Committee
also reviews remuneration at selected media companies in North
America. We use these companies because they represent the wider
executive talent pool from which we might expect to recruit
externally and the pay market to which we might be vulnerable if
our remuneration was not competitive.
Base
salary
The Committees normal policy is to review salaries
annually taking into account the remuneration arrangements and
the level of increases applicable to employees across the rest
of the company as a whole.
Allowances
and benefits
The Groups policy is that benefit programmes should be
competitive in the context of the local labour market, but as an
international company we require executives to operate worldwide
and recognize that recruitment also is worldwide.
Annual
incentives
The Committee establishes the annual incentive plans for the
executive directors and the chief executives of the
companys principal operating companies, including
performance measures and targets. These plans then become the
basis of the annual incentive plans below the level of the
principal operating companies, particularly with regard to the
performance measures used and the relationship between the
incentive plan targets and the relevant business unit operating
plans.
The Committee will continue to review the annual incentive plans
each year and to revise the performance measures, targets and
individual incentive opportunities in light of current
conditions.
Annual incentive payments do not form part of pensionable
earnings.
Performance
measures
The financial performance measures relate to the Groups
main drivers of business performance at both the corporate,
operating company and business unit level. Performance is
measured separately for each item. For each performance measure,
the Committee establishes thresholds, target and maximum levels
of performance for different levels of payout.
A proportion (which for 2010 may be up to 30%) of the total
annual incentive opportunity for the executive directors and
other members of the Pearson Management Committee is based on
performance against personal objectives as agreed with the chief
executive (or, in the case of the chief executive, the
chairman). These comprise functional, operational, strategic and
non-financial objectives relevant to the executives
specific areas of responsibility and inter alia may include
objectives relating to environmental, social and governance
issues.
For 2010, the financial performance measures are sales,
operating profit (for the operating companies) and growth in
earnings per share for continuing operations at constant
exchange rates (for Pearson plc), average working capital as a
ratio to sales and operating cash flow. The selection and
weighting of the performance measures takes into account the
strategic objectives and the business priorities relevant to
each operating company and to Pearson overall each year.
In each years report on directors remuneration, we
describe any changes to target and maximum incentive
opportunities for the chief executive and the other executive
directors for the year ahead.
For 2010, there is no change to the target annual incentive
opportunity for the chief executive which remains at 100% of
base salary. We reviewed the chief executives maximum
opportunity in light of competitive market data and practice
elsewhere in the company and have increased it to 180% of base
salary (150% in 2009)
47
For the other members of the Pearson Management Committee, we
have reviewed individual incentive opportunities taking into
account their membership of that committee and the contribution
of their respective businesses or role to Pearsons overall
financial goals. In the case of the executive directors, the
target individual incentive opportunity is in a range up to
87.5% of base salary. The maximum opportunity remains at twice
target (as in 2009).
The annual incentive plans are discretionary and the Committee
reserves the right to make adjustments to payouts up or down if
it believes exceptional factors warrant doing so. The committee
may also award individual discretionary incentive payments
although no such payments were awarded in respect of 2009.
For 2009, total annual incentive opportunities were based on
Pearson plc and operating company financial performance and
performance against personal objectives as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Pearson plc
|
|
Operating company
|
|
Personal objectives
|
|
Marjorie Scardino
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Bell
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
Will Ethridge
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Robin Freestone
|
|
|
90
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
John Makinson
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
For Pearson plc, the performance measures were sales, earnings
per share growth, average working capital to sales ratio and
operating cash flow. Sales and growth in adjusted earnings per
share at constant exchange rates were between target and
maximum. Average working capital as a ratio to sales and
operating cash flow were above maximum.
For Pearson Education North America, the performance measures
were sales, operating profit, average working capital as a ratio
to sales and operating cash flow. Operating profit, average
working capital as a ratio to sales and operating cash flow were
all above maximum level. Sales were above target but below
maximum.
For FT Publishing, the performance measures were sales,
operating profit and operating cash flow. Sales were below
threshold level. FT Publishing exceeded the level of performance
required for maximum payout on operating cash flow and operating
profit. Sales were below threshold.
For our professional testing business (Pearson VUE), the
performance measures were sales, operating profit, average
working capital as a ratio to sales, and operating cash flow.
Sales were between threshold and target. Operating profit and
operating cash flow were both above target but below maximum.
Average working capital as a ratio to sales was above the
maximum level.
For Penguin Group, the performance measures were sales,
operating profit, operating margin, average working capital as a
ratio to sales and operating cash flow. Penguin Group exceeded
the level of performance required for maximum payout on
operating cash flow. Average working capital to sales ratio,
sales, operating profit and operating margin were above target
but below maximum.
Bonus
share matching
In 2008, shareholders approved the renewal of the annual bonus
share matching plan, which permits executive directors and
senior executives around the company to invest up to 50% of any
after-tax annual bonus in Pearson shares.
If the participants invested shares are held, they will be
matched subject to earnings per share growth over the three-year
performance period on a gross basis up to a maximum of one
matching share for every one held (i.e., the number of matching
shares will be equal to the number of shares that could have
been acquired with the amount of the pre-tax annual bonus taken
in invested shares).
Fifty percent of the maximum matching award, will be released if
the companys adjusted earnings per share increase in real
terms by 3% per annum compound over the three-year performance
period. One matching share for
48
every one invested share held (i.e., 100% of the maximum
matching award, will be released if the companys adjusted
earnings per share increase in real terms by 5% per annum
compound over the same period).
For real growth in adjusted earnings per share of between 3% and
5% per annum compound, the rate at which the participants
invested shares will be matched will be calculated according to
a straight-line sliding scale.
Where matching shares vest in accordance with the plan, a
participant will also receive dividend shares
representing the gross value of dividends that would have been
paid on the matching shares during the holding period and
re-invested.
Long-term
incentives
At the annual general meeting in April 2006, shareholders
approved the renewal of the long-term incentive plan first
introduced in 2001.
Executive directors, senior executives and other managers can
participate in the plan which can deliver restricted stock
and/or stock
options. Approximately 6% of the Groups employees
currently hold awards under the plan. The aim is to give the
Committee a range of tools with which to link corporate
performance to managements long-term reward in a flexible
way. It is not the Committees intention to grant stock
options in 2010.
Restricted stock granted to executive directors vests only when
stretching corporate performance targets over a specified period
have been met. Awards vest on a sliding scale based on
performance over the period. There is no retesting.
The performance measures that have applied since 2006 and that
will apply for 2010 and subsequent awards for the executive
directors are focused on delivering and improving returns to
shareholders. These are relative total shareholder return,
return on invested capital and earnings per share growth.
Restricted stock may be granted without performance conditions
to satisfy recruitment and retention objectives. Restricted
stock awards that are not subject to performance conditions will
not be granted to any of the current executive directors.
The Committees independent advisers verify each year the
expected value of individual awards (i.e., their net present
value after taking into account the vesting schedule, risk of
forfeiture and the probability that any performance targets will
be met). The level of individual awards takes into account three
factors: their expected values; the assessments by the
Committees independent advisers of market practice for
comparable companies and of directors total remuneration
relative to the market and the face value of individual awards
and their potential value should the performance targets be met
in full.
Pearson wishes to encourage executives and managers to build up
a long-term holding of shares so as to demonstrate their
commitment to the company. To achieve this, for awards of
restricted stock that are subject to performance conditions over
a three-year period, 75% of the award vests at the end of the
three-year period. The remaining 25% of the award only vests if
the participant retains the after-tax number of shares that vest
at year three for a further two years.
Where shares vest, participants receive additional shares
representing the gross value of dividends that would have been
paid on these shares during the performance period and
reinvested. The expected value of awards made on this basis take
this into account.
There are limits on the amount of new-issue equity we can use.
In any rolling ten-year period, no more than 10% of Pearson
equity will be issued, or be capable of being issued, under all
Pearsons share plans, and no more than 5% of Pearson
equity will be issued, or be capable of being issued, under
executive or discretionary plans. In addition, for existing
shares no more than 5% of Pearson equity may be held in trust at
any time.
Shareholding
policy
We encourage executive directors to build up a substantial
shareholding in the company in line with the policy of
encouraging widespread employee share ownership. We do not think
it is necessary to specify a particular
49
relationship of shareholding to salary because of the volatility
of the stock market and the share retention features that
already exist in the annual bonus share matching plan and
long-term incentive plans.
Service
agreements
In accordance with long established policy, all continuing
executive directors have rolling service agreements under which,
other than by termination in accordance with the terms of these
agreements, employment continues until retirement.
The committee reviewed the policy on executive employment
agreements in 2008 and again in 2010. For future executive
directors, service agreements should provide that the company
may terminate these agreements by giving no more than
12 months notice. As an alternative, the company may
at its discretion pay in lieu of that notice. Payment in lieu of
notice may be made in instalments and may be subject to
mitigation.
There are no special provisions for notice, pay in lieu of
notice or liquidated damages in the event of termination of
employment in the event of a change of control of Pearson. On
termination of employment, executive directors
entitlements to any vested or unvested awards under
Pearsons discretionary share plans are treated in
accordance with the terms of the relevant plan.
Retirement
benefits
Executive directors participate in the pension arrangements set
up for Pearson employees. Marjorie Scardino, Will Ethridge, John
Makinson, Rona Fairhead and Robin Freestone also have other
retirement arrangements discussed below because of the cap on
the amount of benefits that can be provided from the
arrangements in the US and the UK.
The differences in the arrangements for the current executive
directors reflect the different arrangements in the UK and the
US and the changes in pension arrangements generally over the
periods of their employment. The pension arrangements for all
the executive directors include life insurance cover while in
employment, and entitlement to a pension in the event of
ill-health or disability. A pension for their spouse
and/or
dependants is also available on death.
In the US, the defined benefit arrangement is the Pearson Inc.
Pension Plan. This plan provides a lump sum convertible to a
pension on retirement. The lump sum accrued at 6% of capped
compensation until 31 December 2001 when further benefit
accruals ceased for most employees. Employees who satisfied
criteria of age and service at that time continued to accrue
benefits under the plan. Will Ethridge is included in this group
and continues to accrue benefits under this plan. Marjorie
Scardino is not and her benefit accruals under this plan ceased
at the end of 2001.
The defined contribution arrangement in the US is a 401(k) plan.
At retirement, the account balances will be used to provide
benefits. In the event of death before retirement, the account
balances will be used to provide benefits for dependants.
In the UK, the pension plan is the Pearson Group Pension Plan
and executive directors participate in either the Final Pay or
the Money Purchase 2003 section. Normal retirement age is 62,
but, subject to company consent, retirement is currently
possible after age 50 (age 55 from April 2010). In the
Final Pay section, the accrued pension is reduced on retirement
prior to age 60. Pensions in payment are guaranteed to
increase each year at 5% or the increase in the Index of Retail
Prices, if lower. Pensions for a members spouse, dependant
children
and/or
nominated financial dependant are payable in the event of death.
In the Money Purchase 2003 section the account balances are used
to provide benefits at retirement. In the event of death before
retirement pensions for a members spouse, dependant
children
and/or
nominated financial dependant are payable.
Members of the Pearson Group Pension Plan who joined after May
1989 are subject to an upper limit of earnings that can be used
for pension purposes, known as the earnings cap. This limit,
£108,600 as at 6 April 2006, was abolished by the
Finance Act 2004. However the Pearson Group Pension Plan has
retained its own cap, which will increase annually
in line with the UK Governments Index of Retail Prices
(All Items). The cap was £123,600 as at 6 April 2009.
50
As a result of the UK Governments
A-Day
changes effective from April 2006, UK executive directors and
other members of the Pearson Group Pension Plan who are, or
become, affected by the lifetime allowance are provided with a
cash supplement as an alternative to further accrual of pension
benefits on a basis that is broadly cost neutral to the company.
In 2009 the only member of the board to whom this was applicable
was David Bell. David was offered the allowance alternative but
declined and continued as an active member of the plan. With
Davids retirement there are no board members who received
the offer of an allowance alternative.
Marjorie
Scardino
Marjorie Scardino participates in the Pearson Inc. Pension Plan
and the 401(k) plan.
Additional pension benefits are provided through an unfunded
unapproved defined contribution plan and a funded defined
contribution plan approved by HM Revenue and Customs as a
corresponding plan to replace part of the unfunded plan. The
account balance of the unfunded unapproved defined contribution
plan is determined by reference to the value of a notional cash
account that increases annually by a specified notional interest
rate. This plan provides the opportunity to convert a proportion
of this notional cash account into a notional share account
reflecting the value of a number of Pearson ordinary shares. The
number of shares in the notional share account is determined by
reference to the market value of Pearson shares at the date of
conversion.
David
Bell
David Bell is drawing his pension from the Pearson Group Pension
Plan. He began to receive his pension effective
30 September 2008 on attainment of Normal Retirement Age.
Will
Ethridge
Will Ethridge is a member of the Pearson Inc. Pension Plan and
the approved 401(k) plan. He also participates in an unfunded,
unapproved Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) that
provides an annual accrual of 2% of final average earnings, less
benefits accrued in the Pearson Inc. Pension Plan and US Social
Security. Additional defined contribution benefits are provided
through a funded, unapproved 401(k) excess plan.
Rona
Fairhead
Rona Fairhead is a member of the Pearson Group Pension Plan. Her
pension accrual rate is 1/30th of pensionable salary per
annum, restricted to the plan earnings cap. Until April 2006,
the company also contributed to a Funded Unapproved Retirement
Benefits Scheme (FURBS) on her behalf. Since April 2006, she has
received a taxable and non-pensionable cash supplement in
replacement of the FURBS.
Robin
Freestone
Robin Freestone is a member of the Money Purchase 2003 section
of the Pearson Group Pension Plan. Company contributions are 16%
of pensionable salary per annum, restricted to the plan earnings
cap. Until April 2006, the company also contributed to a Funded
Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (FURBS) on his behalf.
Since April 2006, he has received a taxable and non-pensionable
cash supplement in replacement of the FURBS.
John
Makinson
John Makinson is a member of the Pearson Group Pension Plan
under which his pensionable salary is restricted to the plan
earnings cap. The company ceased contributions on
31 December 2001 to his FURBS arrangement. During 2002 it
set up an Unfunded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (UURBS)
for him. The UURBS tops up the pension payable from the Pearson
Group Pension Plan and the closed FURBS to target a pension of
two-thirds of a revalued base salary on retirement at
age 62. The revalued base salary is defined as
£450,000 effective at 1 June 2002, increased at
1 January each year by reference to the increase in the UK
Governments Index of Retail Prices (All Items). In the
event of his death a pension from the Pearson Group Pension
Plan, the FURBS and the UURBS will be paid to his spouse or
nominated financial dependant. Early retirement is possible from
age 50 (age 55 from April 2010), with company consent.
51
The pension is reduced to reflect the shorter service, and
before age 60, further reduced for early payment.
Executive
directors non-executive directorships
Our policy is that executive directors may, by agreement with
the board, serve as non-executives of other companies and retain
any fees payable for their services.
The following executive directors served as non-executive
directors elsewhere and received fees or other benefits for the
period covered by this report as follows: Marjorie Scardino
(Nokia Corporation and MacArthur Foundation) and Rona Fairhead
(HSBC Holdings plc and Spencer Stuart). Other executive
directors served as non-executive directors elsewhere but did
not receive fees.
Chairmans
remuneration
Our policy is that the chairmans pay should be set at a
level that is competitive with those of chairmen in similar
positions in comparable companies. He is not entitled to any
annual or long-term incentive, retirement or other benefits.
There were no changes in the chairmans remuneration in
2009. With effect from 1 January 2007, his remuneration was
£450,000 per year.
Non-Executive
directors
Fees for non-executive directors are determined by the full
board having regard to market practice and within the
restrictions contained in Pearsons articles of
association. Non-executive directors receive no other pay or
benefits (other than reimbursement for expenses incurred in
connection with their directorship of Pearson) and do not
participate in the Pearsons equity-based incentive plans.
There were no changes in the structure and level of
non-executive directors fees in 2009. With effect from
1 July 2007, these were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees payable from
|
|
|
July 1, 2007 (£)
|
|
Non-executive director fee
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
Chairmanship of audit committee
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
Chairmanship of personnel committee
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
Membership of audit committee
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Membership of personnel committee
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
Senior independent director
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
A minimum of 25% of the basic fee is paid in Pearson shares that
the non-executive directors have committed to retain for the
period of their directorships.
Terry Burns also receives a fee in respect of his non-executive
directorship at Edexcel.
Non-executive directors serve Pearson under letters of
appointment and do not have service contracts. There is no
entitlement to compensation on the termination of their
directorships.
52
Remuneration
of senior management
Excluding contributions to pension funds and related benefits,
senior management remuneration for 2009 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries/
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees(1)
|
|
|
Incentive(2)
|
|
|
Allowances(3)
|
|
|
Benefits(4)
|
|
|
Total(5)
|
|
|
|
£000
|
|
|
£000
|
|
|
£000
|
|
|
£000
|
|
|
£000
|
|
|
Non-executive Chairman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Glen Moreno
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
450
|
|
Executive directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marjorie Scardino
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
|
1,301
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
2,328
|
|
David Bell (stepped down 1 May 2009)
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
367
|
|
Will Ethridge
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,513
|
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
Robin Freestone
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
1,102
|
|
John Makinson
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
1,425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior management as a group
|
|
|
3,674
|
|
|
|
4,246
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
8,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
There were no increases in base salary for the executive
directors for 2009
|
|
(2)
|
Allowances for Marjorie Scardino include £44,870 in respect
of housing costs and a US payroll supplement of £10,961.
John Makinson is entitled to a location and market premium in
relation to the management of the business of the Penguin Group
in the US and received £215,594 for 2009.
|
|
(3)
|
Benefits include company car, car allowance and UK health care
premiums. US health and welfare benefits for Marjorie Scardino
and Will Ethridge are self-insured and the company cost, after
employee contributions, is tax free to employees. For Marjorie
Scardino, benefits include £5,317 for pension planning and
financial advice. Marjorie Scardino, Rona Fairhead, David Bell
and John Makinson have the use of a chauffeur.
|
|
|
|
(4) |
|
No amounts as compensation for loss of office and no expense
allowances chargeable to UK income tax were paid during the year. |
|
(5) |
|
David Bell stepped down from the board on 1 May 2009. He
continued to be entitled to the same base salary and other
benefits in accordance with his service agreement with the
company until his retirement from the company on
31 December 2009. |
Share
options of senior management
This table sets forth for each director the number of share
options held as of December 31, 2009 as well as the
exercise price, rounded to the nearest whole pence/cent, and the
range of expiration dates of these options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Earliest
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Options
|
|
(1)
|
|
Price
|
|
Exercise Date
|
|
Expiry Date
|
|
Marjorie Scardino(2)
|
|
41,550
|
|
c*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/02
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
41,550
|
|
c*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/03
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
41,550
|
|
c*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/04
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
41,550
|
|
c*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/05
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
166,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Earliest
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Options
|
|
(1)
|
|
Price
|
|
Exercise Date
|
|
Expiry Date
|
|
David Bell
|
|
297
|
|
b
|
|
629.6p
|
|
08/01/09
|
|
02/01/10
|
|
|
821
|
|
b
|
|
690.4p
|
|
08/01/10
|
|
02/01/11
|
|
|
16,350
|
|
c*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/02
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
16,350
|
|
c*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/03
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
16,350
|
|
c*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/04
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
16,350
|
|
c*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/05
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
66,518
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Will Ethridge
|
|
11,010
|
|
c*
|
|
$21.00
|
|
05/09/02
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
11,010
|
|
c*
|
|
$21.00
|
|
05/09/03
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
11,010
|
|
c*
|
|
$21.00
|
|
05/09/04
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
11,010
|
|
c*
|
|
$21.00
|
|
05/09/05
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
14,680
|
|
c*
|
|
$11.97
|
|
11/01/02
|
|
11/01/11
|
|
|
14,680
|
|
c*
|
|
$11.97
|
|
11/01/03
|
|
11/01/11
|
|
|
14,680
|
|
c*
|
|
$11.97
|
|
11/01/04
|
|
11/01/11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
88,080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
2,371
|
|
b
|
|
690.4p
|
|
08/01/12
|
|
02/01/13
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
c*
|
|
822.0p
|
|
11/01/02
|
|
11/01/11
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
c*
|
|
822.0p
|
|
11/01/03
|
|
11/01/11
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
c*
|
|
822.0p
|
|
11/01/04
|
|
11/01/11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
62,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robin Freestone
|
|
1,757
|
|
b
|
|
534.8p
|
|
08/01/11
|
|
02/01/12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
1,757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Makinson
|
|
4,178
|
|
b
|
|
424.8p
|
|
08/01/10
|
|
02/01/11
|
|
|
19,785
|
|
c*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/02
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
19,785
|
|
c*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/03
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
19,785
|
|
c*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/04
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
19,785
|
|
c*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/05
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
83,318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Shares under option are designated as: a executive; b
worldwide save for shares; and c long-term incentive;
and * where options are exercisable.
|
The plans under which these options were granted were replaced
with the introduction of the long-term incentive plan in 2001.
No executive options have been granted to the directors since
1998. All options have now lapsed, having been unexercised at
the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.
|
|
b |
Worldwide save for shares
|
The acquisition of shares under the worldwide save for shares
plan is not subject to the satisfaction of a performance target.
All options that remain outstanding are exercisable and lapse if
they remain unexercised at the tenth anniversary of the date of
grant.
|
|
(2) |
In addition, Marjorie Scardino contributes US$1,000 per month
(the maximum allowed) to the US employee stock purchase plan.
The terms of this plan allow participants to make monthly
contributions for one year and
|
54
|
|
|
to acquire shares at the end of that period at a price that is
the lower of the market price at the beginning or the end of the
period, both less 15%.
|
Share
ownership of senior management
The table below sets forth the number of ordinary shares and
restricted shares held by each of our directors as at
February 28, 2010. Additional information with respect to
share options held by, and bonus awards for, these persons is
set out above in Remuneration of Senior Management
and Share Options for Senior Management. The total
number of ordinary shares held by senior management as of
February 28, 2010 was 2,213,434 representing less than
1% of the issued share capital on February 28, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary
|
|
|
Restricted
|
|
As at February 28, 2010
|
|
shares(1)
|
|
|
shares(2)
|
|
|
Glen Moreno
|
|
|
210,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marjorie Scardino
|
|
|
824,124
|
|
|
|
1,740,911
|
|
David Arculus
|
|
|
13,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Bell
|
|
|
253,050
|
(3)
|
|
|
358,277
|
(3)
|
Terry Burns
|
|
|
12,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patrick Cescau
|
|
|
5,356
|
|
|
|
|
|
Will Ethridge
|
|
|
262,988
|
|
|
|
622,707
|
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
|
270,982
|
|
|
|
598,749
|
|
Robin Freestone
|
|
|
118,996
|
|
|
|
482,537
|
|
Susan Fuhrman
|
|
|
9,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ken Hydon
|
|
|
9,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Makinson
|
|
|
474,581
|
|
|
|
538,569
|
|
CK Prahalad
|
|
|
2,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts include shares acquired by individuals under the annual
bonus share matching plan and amounts purchased in the market by
individuals. |
|
(2) |
|
Restricted shares comprise awards made under the annual bonus
share matching and long-term incentive plans. The number of
shares shown represents the maximum number of shares which may
vest, subject to the performance conditions being fulfilled. |
|
(3) |
|
David Bells figures are as at May 1, 2009 when David
Bell resigned as a director of Pearson plc. |
Employee
share ownership plans
Worldwide
save for shares and US employee share purchase
plans
In 1998, we introduced a worldwide save for shares plan. Under
this plan, our employees around the world have the option to
save a portion of their monthly salary over periods of three,
five or seven years. At the end of this period, the employee has
the option to purchase ordinary shares with the accumulated
funds at a purchase price equal to 80% of the market price
prevailing at the commencement of the employees
participation in the plan.
In the United States, this plan operates as a stock purchase
plan under Section 423 of the US Internal Revenue Code of
1986. This plan was introduced in 2000 following Pearsons
listing on the New York Stock Exchange. Under it, participants
save a portion of their monthly salary over six month periods,
at the end of which they have the option to purchase ADRs with
their accumulated funds at a purchase price equal to 85% of the
lower of the market price prevailing at the beginning or end of
the period.
55
Board
Practices
Our board currently comprises the chairman, who is a part-time
non-executive director, five executive directors and six
non-executive directors. Our articles of association provide
that at every annual general meeting, one-third of the board of
directors, or the number nearest to one-third, shall retire from
office. The directors to retire each year are the directors who
have been longest in office since their last election or
appointment. A retiring director is eligible for re-election. If
at any annual general meeting, the place of a retiring director
is not filled, the retiring director, if willing, is deemed to
have been re-elected, unless at or prior to such meeting it is
expressly resolved not to fill the vacated office, or unless a
resolution for the re-election of that director has been put to
the meeting and lost. Our articles of association also provide
that every director be subject to re-appointment by shareholders
at the next annual general meeting following their appointment.
However this year, and in future years, in accordance with good
corporate governance, the board have resolved that all directors
should offer themselves for re-election on an annual basis at
the companys annual general meeting. Accordingly, all of
the directors will offer themselves for re-election, (or
reappointment in the case of directors who were appointed since
the last meeting), at the forthcoming AGM on 30 April 2010.
Pearson is listed on the New York Stock Exchange
(NYSE). As a listed non-US issuer, we are required
to comply with some of the NYSEs corporate governance
rules, and otherwise must disclose on our website any
significant ways in which our corporate governance practices
differ from those followed by US companies under the NYSE
listing standards. At this time, the Company believes that it is
in compliance in all material respects with all the NYSE rules
except that the Nomination Committee is not composed entirely of
independent directors, and that it is the full board, not the
Nomination Committee, that develops and recommends corporate
governance principles.
The board of directors has established the following committees,
all of which report to the board. Each committee has its own
written terms of reference setting out their authority and
duties. These can be found on our website
(www.pearson.com/investors/shareholder-information/governance)
Audit
committee
This committee provides the board with a vehicle to appraise our
financial management and reporting and to assess the integrity
of our accounting procedures and financial controls. Ken Hydon
chairs this committee and its other members are David Arculus,
Patrick Cescau and Susan Fuhrman. Ken Hydon is also the
designated audit committee financial expert within the meaning
of the applicable rules and regulations of the US Securities and
Exchange Commission. Our internal and external auditors have
direct access to the committee to raise any matter of concern
and to report the results of work directed by the committee.
Personnel
committee
This committee meets regularly to decide the remuneration and
benefits of the executive directors and the chief executives of
our three operating divisions. The committee also recommends the
chairmans remuneration to the board of directors for its
decision and reviews management development and succession
plans. David Arculus chairs this committee and its other members
are Terry Burns, Glen Moreno and Ken Hydon.
Nomination
committee
This committee meets from time to time as necessary to consider
the appointment of new directors. The committee is chaired by
Glen Moreno and comprises Marjorie Scardino and all of the
non-executive directors.
Employees
The average number of persons employed by us during each of the
three fiscal years ended 2009 were as follows:
56
|
|
|
|
|
33,680 in fiscal 2008, and
|
|
|
|
32,692 in fiscal 2007.
|
We, through our subsidiaries, have entered into collective
bargaining agreements with employees in various locations. Our
management has no reason to believe that we would not be able to
renegotiate any such agreements on satisfactory terms. We
encourage employees to contribute actively to the business in
the context of their particular job roles and believe that the
relations with our employees are generally good.
The table set forth below shows for 2009, 2008 and 2007 the
average number of persons employed in each of our operating
divisions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average number employed
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
North American Education
|
|
|
15,606
|
|
|
|
15,412
|
|
|
|
14,327
|
|
International Education
|
|
|
8,899
|
|
|
|
5,718
|
|
|
|
5,291
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
2,662
|
|
|
|
2,641
|
|
|
|
2,540
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
4,163
|
|
|
|
4,112
|
|
|
|
4,163
|
|
FT Publishing
|
|
|
2,328
|
|
|
|
2,379
|
|
|
|
2,083
|
|
Interactive Data
|
|
|
2,459
|
|
|
|
2,413
|
|
|
|
2,300
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,047
|
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
37,164
|
|
|
|
33,584
|
|
|
|
31,622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
1,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
37,164
|
|
|
|
33,680
|
|
|
|
32,692
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITEM 7.
|
MAJOR
SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
|
To our knowledge, as of February 28, 2010, the only
beneficial owners of 3% or more of our issued and outstanding
ordinary share capital were Legal & General Group plc
which owned 32,300,784 ordinary shares representing 3.98% of our
outstanding ordinary shares. On February 28, 2010, record
holders with registered addresses in the United States held
38,440,234 ADRs, which represented 4.74% of our outstanding
ordinary shares. Some of these ADRs are held by nominees and so
these numbers may not accurately represent the number of
beneficial owners in the United States.
Loans and equity advanced to joint ventures and associates
during the year and as at December 31, 2009 are shown in
note 12 in Item 18. Financial Statements.
Amounts due from joint ventures and associates are set out in
note 22 and dividends receivable from joint ventures and
associates are set out in note 12 in Item 18.
Financial Statements. There were no other related party
transactions in 2009.
57
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
|
The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report are
included on pages F-1 through F-70 hereof.
Other than those events described in note 35 in
Item 18. Financial Statements of this
Form 20-F
and seasonal fluctuations in borrowings, there has been no
significant change to our financial condition or results of
operations since December 31, 2009. Our borrowings
fluctuate by season due to the effect of the school year on the
working capital requirements of the educational book business.
Assuming no acquisitions or disposals, our maximum level of net
debt normally occurs in July, and our minimum level of net debt
normally occurs in December.
Our policy with respect to dividend distributions is described
in response to Item 3. Key Information above.
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
THE
OFFER AND LISTING
|
The principal trading market for our ordinary shares is the
London Stock Exchange. Our ordinary shares also trade in the
United States in the form of ADSs evidenced by ADRs under a
sponsored ADR facility with The Bank of New York Mellon, as
depositary. We established this facility in March 1995 and
amended it in August 2000 in connection with our New York Stock
Exchange listing. Each ADS represents one ordinary share.
The ADSs trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol
PSO.
The following table sets forth the highest and lowest middle
market quotations, which represent the average of closing bid
and asked prices, for the ordinary shares, as derived from the
Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange and the average
daily trading volume on the London Stock Exchange:
|
|
|
|
|
on an annual basis for our five most recent fiscal years,
|
|
|
|
on a quarterly basis for our most recent quarter and two most
recent fiscal years, and
|
|
|
|
on a monthly basis for the six most recent months.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shares
|
|
Average daily
|
Reference period
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
trading volume
|
|
|
(In pence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Ordinary shares)
|
|
Five most recent fiscal years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
893
|
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
|
4,030,500
|
|
2008
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
|
4,758,300
|
|
2007
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
|
6,405,600
|
|
2006
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
|
5,004,500
|
|
2005
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
|
5,296,700
|
|
Most recent quarter and two most recent fiscal years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 Fourth quarter
|
|
|
893
|
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
|
2,777,200
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
|
3,158,500
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
4,554,700
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
|
5,695,700
|
|
2008 Fourth quarter
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
|
5,603,400
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
4,748,000
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
|
3,590,800
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
|
5,083,300
|
|
Most recent six months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2010
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
|
2,113,800
|
|
January 2010
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
2,536,000
|
|
December 2009
|
|
|
893
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
1,697,900
|
|
November 2009
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
|
2,376,400
|
|
October 2009
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
|
4,234,400
|
|
September 2009
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
|
2,915,000
|
|
58
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
|
Articles
of association
We summarize below the material provisions of our articles of
association, as amended, which have been filed as an exhibit to
our annual report on
Form 20-F
for the year ended December 31, 2009. The summary below is
qualified entirely by reference to the Articles of Association.
We have multiple business objectives and purposes and are
authorized to do such things as the board may consider fit to
further our interests or incidental or conducive to the
attainment of our objectives and purposes.
Directors
powers
Our business shall be managed by the board of directors and the
board may exercise all such of our powers as are not required by
law or by the Articles of Association or by any directions given
by the Company by special resolution, to be exercised in a
general meeting.
Interested
directors
For the purposes of section 175 of the Companies Act 2006
the board may authorize any matter proposed to it which would,
if not so authorized, involve a breach of duty by a Director
under that section, including, without limitation, any matter
which relates to a situation in which a Director has, or can
have, an interest which conflicts, or possibly may conflict,
with the interests of the Company. Any such authorization will
be effective only if:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
any requirement as to quorum at the meeting at which the matter
is considered is met without counting the Director in question
or any other interested Director; and
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
the matter was agreed to without their voting or would have been
agreed to if their votes had not been counted.
|
The board may (whether at the time of the giving of the
authorization or subsequently) make any such authorization
subject to any limits or conditions it expressly imposes but
such authorization is otherwise given to the fullest extent
permitted. The board may vary or terminate any such
authorization at any time.
Provided that he has disclosed to the board the nature and
extent of his interest, a Director notwithstanding his office:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction
or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is
otherwise (directly or indirectly) interested;
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for
the Company (otherwise than as auditor) and he or his firm shall
be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he
were not a Director;
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a
party to a transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise
interested in, any body corporate in which the Company is
otherwise (directly or indirectly) interested.
|
A Director shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to
the Company for any remuneration or other benefit which he
derives from any office or employment or from any transaction or
arrangement or from any interest in any body corporate:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
the acceptance, entry into or existence of which has been
approved by the board (subject, in any such case, to any limits
or conditions to which such approval was subject); or
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
which he is permitted to hold or enter into by virtue of
paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above;
|
nor shall the receipt of any such remuneration or other benefit
constitute a breach of his duty under section 176 of the
Act.
A Director shall be under no duty to the Company with respect to
any information which he obtains or has obtained otherwise than
as a director of the Company and in respect of which he owes a
duty of confidentiality to another person. However, to the
extent that his relationship with that other person gives rise
to a conflict of interest
59
or possible conflict of interest, which has been approved by the
board: the director shall not be in breach of the general duties
he owes to the Company by virtue of sections 171 to 177 of
the Act because he fails:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
to disclose any such information to the board or to any Director
or other officer or employee of the Company; and/or
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
to use or apply any such information in performing his duties as
a Director of the Company.
|
Where the existence of a Directors relationship with
another person has been approved by the board and his
relationship with that person gives rise to a conflict of
interest or possible conflict of interest, the Director shall
not be in breach of the general duties he owes to the Company by
virtue of sections 171 to 177 of the Act because he:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
absents himself from meetings of the board at which any matter
relating to the conflict of interest or possible conflict of
interest will or may be discussed or from the discussion of any
such matter at a meeting or otherwise; and/or
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
makes arrangements not to receive documents and information
relating to any matter which gives rise to the conflict of
interest or possible conflict of interest sent or supplied by
the Company
and/or for
such documents and information to be received and read by a
professional adviser,
|
for so long as he reasonably believes such conflict of interest
or possible conflict of interest subsists.
Except as stated below, a Director shall not vote in respect of
any contract or arrangement or any other proposal whatsoever in
which he has an interest which is, to his knowledge, a material
interest, otherwise than by virtue of his interests in shares or
debentures or other securities of or otherwise in or through the
Company. A Director shall not be counted in the quorum at a
meeting of the Board in relation to any resolution on which he
is debarred from voting.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director will be entitled to
vote, and be counted in the quorum, on any resolution concerning
any of the following matters:
|
|
|
|
|
the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of
money lent or obligations incurred by him or by any other person
at the request of or for the benefit of the Company or any of
its subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity to a third
party in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company or any
of its subsidiaries for which he himself has assumed
responsibility in whole or in part and whether alone or jointly
with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of
security;
|
|
|
|
any proposal relating to the Company or any of its subsidiary
undertakings where it is offering securities in which offer a
Director is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of
securities or in the underwriting or
sub-underwriting
of which a Director is to participate;
|
|
|
|
any proposal relating to another company in which he and any
persons connected with him do not to his knowledge hold an
interest in shares (as that term is used in sections 820 to
825 of the Companies Act 2006) representing one per cent.
or more of either any class of the equity share capital, or the
voting rights, in such company;
|
|
|
|
any proposal relating to an arrangement for the benefit of the
employees of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings
which does not award him any privilege or benefit not generally
awarded to the employees to whom such arrangement
relates; and
|
|
|
|
any proposal concerning insurance that we propose to maintain or
purchase for the benefit of directors or for the benefit of
persons, including directors.
|
Where proposals are under consideration concerning the
appointment of two or more directors to offices or employment
with us or any company in which we are interested, these
proposals may be divided and considered separately and each of
these directors, if not prohibited from voting under the
provisions of the eighth paragraph before this one, will be
entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum with respect to
each resolution except that concerning his or her own
appointment.
60
Borrowing
powers
The board of directors may exercise all powers to borrow money
and to mortgage or charge our undertaking, property and uncalled
capital and to issue debentures and other securities, whether
outright or as collateral security for any of our or any third
partys debts, liabilities or obligations. The board of
directors must restrict the borrowings in order to secure that
the aggregate amount of undischarged monies borrowed by us (and
any of our subsidiaries), but excluding any intra-group debts,
shall not at any time (without the previous sanction of the
Company in the form of an ordinary resolution) exceed a sum
equal to twice the aggregate of the adjusted capital and
reserves.
Other
provisions relating to directors
Under the articles of association, directors are paid out of our
funds for their services as we may from time to time determine
by ordinary resolution and, in the case of non-executive
directors, up to an aggregate of £750,000 or such other
amounts as resolved by the shareholders at a general meeting.
Directors currently are not required to hold any share
qualification. From April 6, 2007 under the Companies Act
2006, the maximum age limit for directors of PLCs, which was 70,
has been removed.
Annual
general meetings
In every year the Company must hold an annual general meeting
(AGM) (within a period of not more than
15 months after the date of the preceding AGM) at a place
and time determined by the board. The following matters are
usually considered at an annual general meeting:
|
|
|
|
|
approving final dividends;
|
|
|
|
consideration of the accounts and balance sheet;
|
|
|
|
ordinary reports of the board of directors and auditors and any
other documents required to be annexed to the balance sheet;
|
|
|
|
as holders of ordinary shares vote for the election of one-third
of the members of the board of directors at every annual general
meeting, the appointment or election of directors in the place
of those retiring by rotation or otherwise;
|
|
|
|
appointment or reappointment of, and determination of the
remuneration of, the auditors; and
|
|
|
|
the renewal, limitation, extension, variation or grant of any
authority to the board in relation to the allotment of
securities.
|
The board may call a general meeting whenever it thinks fit. If
at any time there are not within the United Kingdom sufficient
directors capable of acting to form a quorum, any director or
any two members may convene a general meeting in the same manner
as nearly as possible as that in which meetings may be convened
by the board.
No business shall be dealt with at any general meeting unless a
quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business. Three
members present in person and entitled to vote shall be a quorum
for all purposes. A corporation being a member shall be deemed
to be personally present if represented by its duly authorized
representative.
If a quorum for a meeting convened at the request of
shareholders is not present within fifteen minutes of the
appointed time, the meeting will be dissolved. In any other
case, the general meeting will be adjourned to the same day in
the next week, at the same time and place, or to a time and
place that the chairman fixes. If at that rescheduled meeting a
quorum is not present within fifteen minutes from the time
appointed for holding the meeting, the shareholders present in
person or by proxy will be a quorum. The chairman or, in his
absence, the deputy chairman or any other director nominated by
the board, will preside as chairman at every general meeting. If
no director is present at the general meeting or no director
consents to act as chairman, the shareholders present shall
elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
61
Share
Certificates
Every person whose name is entered as a member in the
Companys Register of Members shall be entitled to one
certificate in respect of each class of shares held. (The law
regarding this does not apply to stock exchange nominees).
Subject to the terms of issue of the shares, certificates are
issued following allotment or receipt of the form of transfer
bearing the appropriate stamp duty by our registrar, Equiniti,
Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA,
United Kingdom, telephone number +44-871-384-2043.
Share
capital
Any share may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other
special rights or other restrictions as we may determine by way
of a shareholders vote in general meeting. Subject to the
Companies Act 2006, any shares may be issued on terms that they
are, or at our or the shareholders option are, liable to
be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as we, before the
issue of the shares, may determine by special resolution of the
shareholders.
There are no provisions in the Articles of Association which
discriminate against any existing or prospective shareholder as
a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of
shares.
Subject to the terms of the shares which have been issued, the
directors may from time to time make calls upon the shareholders
in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares, provided that
(subject to the terms of the shares so issued) no call on any
share shall be payable at less than fourteen clear days from the
last call. The directors may, if they see fit, receive from any
shareholder willing to advance the same, all and any part of the
moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him.
Changes
in capital
We may from time to time, by ordinary resolution:
|
|
|
|
|
consolidate and divide our share capital into shares of a larger
amount than its existing shares; or
|
|
|
|
sub-divide
all of or any of our existing shares into shares of smaller
amounts, subject to the Companies Act 2006; or
|
|
|
|
cancel any shares which, at the date of passing of the
resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any
person and diminish the amount of our share capital by the
amount of the shares so cancelled.
|
We may, from time to time, by ordinary resolution increase our
share capital and, subject to the consents and incidents
required by the Companies Act 2006, may by special resolution
decrease our share capital, capital redemption reserve fund and
any share premium account in any way.
Voting
rights
Every holder of ordinary shares present in person at a meeting
of shareholders has one vote on a vote taken by a show of hands.
On a poll, every holder of ordinary shares who is present in
person or by proxy has one vote for every ordinary share of
which he or she is the holder. Voting at any meeting of
shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll is properly
demanded before the declaration of the results of a show of
hands. A poll may be demanded by:
|
|
|
|
|
the chairman of the meeting;
|
|
|
|
at least three shareholders present in person or by proxy and
entitled to vote;
|
|
|
|
any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy
representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights
of all shareholders having the right to vote at the
meeting; or
|
|
|
|
any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy
holding shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting being
shares on which the aggregate sum paid up is equal to not less
than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring
that right.
|
62
Dividends
Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends out
of our profits that are available by law for distribution, as we
may declare by ordinary resolution, subject to the terms of
issue thereof. However, no dividends may be declared in excess
of an amount recommended by the board of directors. The board
may pay interim dividends to the shareholders as it deems fit.
We may invest or otherwise use all dividends left unclaimed for
six months after having been declared for our benefit, until
claimed. All dividends unclaimed for a period of twelve years
after having been declared will be forfeited and revert to us.
The directors may, with the sanction of an ordinary resolution
of the shareholders, offer any holders of ordinary shares the
right to elect to receive ordinary shares credited as fully
paid, in whole or in part, instead of cash in respect of such
dividend.
The directors may deduct from any dividend payable to any
shareholder all sums of money (if any) presently payable by that
shareholder to us on account of calls or otherwise in relation
to our shares.
Liquidation
rights
In the event of our liquidation, after payment of all
liabilities, our remaining assets would be used to repay the
holders of ordinary shares the amount they paid for their
ordinary shares. Any balance would be divided among the holders
of ordinary shares in proportion to the nominal amount of the
ordinary shares held by them.
Other
provisions of the articles of association
Whenever our capital is divided into different classes of
shares, the special rights attached to any class may, unless
otherwise provided by the terms of the issue of the shares of
that class, be varied or abrogated, either with the written
consent of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of
the class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at
a separate meeting of these holders.
In the event that a shareholder or other person appearing to the
board of directors to be interested in ordinary shares fails to
comply with a notice requiring him or her to provide information
with respect to their interest in voting shares pursuant to
section 820 of the Companies Act 2006, we may serve that
shareholder with a notice of default. After service of a default
notice, that shareholder shall not be entitled to attend or vote
at any general meeting or at a separate meeting of holders of a
class of shares or on a poll until he or she has complied in
full with our information request.
If the shares described in the default notice represent at least
one-fourth of 1% in nominal value of the issued ordinary shares,
then the default notice may additionally direct that in respect
of those shares:
|
|
|
|
|
we will not pay dividends (or issue shares in lieu of
dividends); and
|
|
|
|
we will not register transfers of shares unless the shareholder
is not himself in default as regards supplying the information
requested and the transfer, when presented for registration, is
in such form as the board of directors may require to the effect
that after due and careful inquiry, the shareholder is satisfied
that no person in default is interested in any of the ordinary
shares which are being transferred or the transfer is an
approved transfer, as defined in our articles of association.
|
No provision of our articles of association expressly governs
the ordinary share ownership threshold above which shareholder
ownership must be disclosed. Under the Companies Act 2006, any
person who acquires, either alone or, in specified
circumstances, with others:
|
|
|
|
|
a material interest in our voting share capital equal to or in
excess of 3%; or
|
|
|
|
a non-material interest equal to or in excess of 10%,
|
comes under an obligation to disclose prescribed particulars to
us in respect of those ordinary shares. A disclosure obligation
also arises where a persons notifiable interests fall
below the notifiable percentage, or where, above that level, the
percentage of our voting share capital in which a person has a
notifiable interest increases or decreases.
63
Limitations
affecting holders of ordinary shares or ADSs
Under English law and our memorandum and articles of
association, persons who are neither UK residents nor UK
nationals may freely hold, vote and transfer ordinary shares in
the same manner as UK residents or nationals.
With respect to the items discussed above, applicable UK law is
not materially different from applicable US law.
Material
contracts
Pearson has not entered into any contracts outside the ordinary
course of business during the two year period immediately
preceding the date of this annual report.
Executive
employment contracts
We have entered into agreements with each of our executive
directors pursuant to which such executive director is employed
by us. These agreements describe the duties of such executive
director and the compensation to be paid by us. See
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and
Employees Compensation of Senior Management.
Each agreement may be terminated by us on 12 months
notice or by the executive director on six months notice.
In the event we terminate any executive director without giving
the full 12 months advance notice, the executive
director is entitled to receive liquidated damages equal to
12 months base salary and benefits together with a
proportion of potential bonus.
Exchange
controls
There are no UK government laws, decrees, regulations or other
legislation which restrict or which may affect the import or
export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash
equivalents for use by us or the remittance of dividends,
interest or other payments to nonresident holders of our
securities, except as otherwise described under
Tax Considerations below.
Tax
considerations
The following is a discussion of the material US federal income
tax considerations and UK tax considerations arising from the
acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares and
ADSs by a US holder. A US holder is:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual citizen or resident of the US, or
|
|
|
|
a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the
US or any of its political subdivisions, or
|
|
|
|
an estate or trust the income of which is subject to US federal
income taxation regardless of its source.
|
This discussion deals only with ordinary shares and ADSs that
are held as capital assets by a US holder, and does not address
tax considerations applicable to US holders that may be subject
to special tax rules, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
dealers or traders in securities or currencies,
|
|
|
|
financial institutions or other US holders that treat income in
respect of the ordinary shares or ADSs as financial services
income,
|
|
|
|
insurance companies,
|
|
|
|
tax-exempt entities,
|
|
|
|
US holders that hold the ordinary shares or ADSs as a part of a
straddle or conversion transaction or other arrangement
involving more than one position,
|
|
|
|
US holders that own, or are deemed for US tax purposes to own,
10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
our voting stock,
|
|
|
|
US holders that have a principal place of business or tax
home outside the United States, or
|
|
|
|
US holders whose functional currency is not the US
dollar.
|
64
For US federal income tax purposes, holders of ADSs will be
treated as the owners of the ordinary shares represented by
those ADSs.
In addition, the following discussion assumes that The Bank of
New York will perform its obligations as depositary in
accordance with the terms of the depositary agreement and any
related agreements.
Because US and UK tax consequences may differ from one holder
to the next, the discussion set out below does not purport to
describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to
you and your particular situation. Accordingly, you are advised
to consult your own tax advisor as to the US federal, state and
local, UK and other, including foreign, tax consequences of
investing in the ordinary shares or ADSs. The statements of US
and UK tax law set out below are based on the laws and
interpretations in force as of the date of this Annual Report,
and are subject to any changes occurring after that date.
UK
income taxation of distributions
The UK does not impose dividend withholding tax on dividends
paid to US holders.
US
income taxation of distributions
Distributions that we make with respect to the ordinary shares
or ADSs, other than distributions in liquidation and
distributions in redemption of stock that are treated as
exchanges, will be taxed to US holders as ordinary dividend
income to the extent that the distributions do not exceed our
current and accumulated earnings and profits. The amount of any
distribution will equal the amount of the cash distribution.
Distributions, if any, in excess of our current and accumulated
earnings and profits will constitute a non-taxable return of
capital to a US holder and will be applied against and reduce
the US holders tax basis in its ordinary shares or ADSs.
To the extent that these distributions exceed the tax basis of
the US holder in its ordinary shares or ADSs, the excess
generally will be treated as capital gain.
Dividends that we pay will not be eligible for the dividends
received deduction generally allowed to US corporations
under Section 243 of the Code.
In the case of distributions in pounds, the amount of the
distributions generally will equal the US dollar value of the
pounds distributed, determined by reference to the spot currency
exchange rate on the date of receipt of the distribution by the
US holder in the case of shares or by The Bank of New York in
the case of ADSs, regardless of whether the US holder reports
income on a cash basis or an accrual basis. The US holder will
realize separate foreign currency gain or loss only to the
extent that this gain or loss arises on the actual disposition
of pounds received. For US holders claiming tax credits on a
cash basis, taxes withheld from the distribution are translated
into US dollars at the spot rate on the date of the
distribution; for US holders claiming tax credits on an accrual
basis, taxes withheld from the distribution are translated into
US dollars at the average rate for the taxable year.
A distribution by the Company to noncorporate shareholders
before 2011 will be taxed as net capital gain at a maximum rate
of 15%, provided certain holding periods are met, to the extent
such distribution is treated as a dividend under US federal
income tax principles.
UK
income taxation of capital gains
Under the Income Tax Treaty, each country generally may tax
capital gains in accordance with the provisions of its domestic
law. Under present UK law, a US holder that is not a resident,
and, in the case of an individual, not ordinarily resident, in
the UK for UK tax purposes and who (in the case of an
individual) does not carry on a trade, profession or vocation in
the UK through a branch or agency, or (in the case of a company)
does not carry on a trade in the UK through a UK permanent
establishment, to which ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable
will not be liable for UK taxation on capital gains or eligible
for relief for allowable losses, realized on the sale or other
disposal (including redemption) of these ordinary shares or ADSs.
65
US
income taxation of capital gains
Upon a sale or exchange of ordinary shares or ADSs to a person
other than Pearson, a US holder will recognize gain or loss in
an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on
the sale or exchange and the US holders adjusted tax basis
in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Any gain or loss recognized will
be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or
loss if the US holder has held the ordinary shares or ADSs for
more than one year. Long-term capital gain of a noncorporate US
holder is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. This
long-term capital gain rate is scheduled to expire in 2011.
Gain or loss realized by a US holder on the sale or exchange of
ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be treated as US-source
gain or loss for US foreign tax credit purposes.
Estate
and gift tax
The current Estate and Gift Tax Convention, or the Convention,
between the US and the UK generally relieves from UK Inheritance
Tax (the equivalent of US Estate and Gift Tax) the transfer of
ordinary shares or of ADSs where the transferor is domiciled in
the US, for the purposes of the Convention. This relief will not
apply if the ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business
property of an individuals permanent establishment in the
UK or pertain to the fixed base in the UK of a person providing
independent personal services. If no relief is given under the
Convention, inheritance tax may be charged on the amount by
which the value of the transferors estate is reduced as a
result of any transfer made by way of gift or other gratuitous
transfer by an individual, in general within seven years of
death, or on the death of an individual. In the unusual case
where ordinary shares or ADSs are subject to both UK Inheritance
Tax and US Estate or Gift Tax, the Convention generally provides
for tax paid in the UK to be credited against tax payable in the
US or for tax paid in the US to be credited against tax payable
in the UK based on priority rules set forth in the Convention.
Stamp
duty
No stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) will be payable
in the UK on the purchase or transfer of an ADS, provided that
the ADS, and any separate instrument or written agreement of
transfer, remain at all times outside the UK and that the
instrument or written agreement of transfer is not executed in
the UK. Subject to the following paragraph, stamp duty or SDRT
is, however, generally payable at the rate of 1.5% of the amount
or value of the consideration or, in some circumstances, the
value of the ordinary shares, where ordinary shares are issued
or transferred to a person whose business is or includes issuing
depositary receipts, or to a nominee or agent for such a person,
or issued or transferred to a person whose business is or
includes the provision of clearance services or a nominee or
agent for such a person.
Following a decision of the European Court of Justice in 2009,
HMRC has announced that it will not seek to apply the 1.5% SDRT
charge when new shares are issued an EU clearance service or EU
depositary receipt system. It seems that HMRCs view is
that the 1.5% SDRT charge will continue to apply to transfer of
shares into a clearance service or depositary receipt system,
and also in respect of issues of shares into non-EU clearance
services and non-EU depositary receipt systems. Arguably the
1.5% SDRT charge in such situations is not consistent with the
2009 decision of the European Court of Justice, although HMRC is
likely to impose such charges until further case law or
legislation resolves the issue.
A transfer for value of the underlying ordinary shares will
generally be subject to either stamp duty or SDRT, normally at
the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration. A
transfer of ordinary shares from a nominee to its beneficial
owner, including the transfer of underlying ordinary shares from
the Depositary to an ADS holder, under which no beneficial
interest will not be subject to stamp duty or SDRT.
Close
company status
We believe that the close company provisions of the UK Income
and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 do not apply to us.
66
Documents
on display
Copies of our Memorandum and Articles of Association and filed
as exhibits to this Annual Report and certain other documents
referred to in this Annual Report are available for inspection
at our registered office at 80 Strand, London WC2R 0RL
(c/o the
Company Secretary), or, in the US, at the registered office of
Pearson Inc. at 1330 Avenue of the Americas, 7th Floor, New
York, New York, during usual business hours upon reasonable
prior request.
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
Introduction
Our principal market risks are changes in interest rates and
currency exchange rates. Following an evaluation of these
positions, we selectively enter into derivative financial
instruments to manage our risk exposure. For this purpose, we
primarily use interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and
collars, forward rate agreements, currency swaps and forward
foreign exchange contracts. Managing market risks is the
responsibility of the chief financial officer, who acts pursuant
to policies approved by the board of directors. The Audit
Committee receives regular reports on our treasury activities.
We have a policy of not undertaking any speculative
transactions, and we do not hold our derivative and other
financial instruments for trading purposes.
We have formulated policies for hedging exposures to interest
rate and foreign exchange risk, and have used derivatives to
ensure compliance with these policies. Although a large
proportion of our derivative contracts were transacted without
regard to existing IFRS requirements on hedge accounting, during
2009 and 2008 we qualified for hedge accounting under IFRS on a
number of our key derivative contracts.
The following discussion addresses market risk only and does not
present other risks that we face in the normal course of
business, including country risk, credit risk and legal risk.
Interest
rates
The Groups financial exposure to interest rates arises
primarily from its borrowings. The Group manages its exposure by
borrowing at fixed and variable rates of interest, and by
entering into derivative transactions. Objectives approved by
the board concerning the proportion of debt outstanding at fixed
rates govern the use of these financial instruments.
The Groups objectives are applied to core net debt, which
is measured at the year-end and comprises borrowings net of cash
and other liquid funds. Our objective is to maintain a
proportion of forecast core net debt in fixed or capped form for
the next four years, subject to a maximum of 65% and a minimum
that starts at 40% and falls by 10% each year.
The principal method of hedging interest rate risk is to enter
into an agreement with a bank counterparty to pay a fixed rate
and receive a variable rate, known as a swap. Under interest
rate swaps, the Group agrees with other parties to exchange, at
specified intervals, the difference between fixed-rate and
variable-rate amounts calculated by reference to an agreed
notional principal amount. The majority of the Groups swap
contracts are US dollar denominated, and some of them have
deferred start dates, in order to maintain the desired risk
profile as other contracts mature. The variable rates received
are normally based on three-month or six-month LIBOR, and the
dates on which these rates are set do not necessarily exactly
match those of the hedged borrowings. Management believes that
our portfolio of these types of swaps is an efficient hedge of
our portfolio of variable rate borrowings.
In addition, from time to time, the Group issues bonds or other
capital market instruments to refinance existing debt. To avoid
the fixed rate on a single transaction unduly influencing our
overall net interest expense, our typical practice has been to
enter into a related derivative contract effectively converting
the interest rate profile of the bond transaction to a variable
interest rate. In some cases, the bond issue is denominated in a
different currency to the Groups desired borrowing risk
profile and the Group enters into a related cross currency
interest rate swap in order to maintain this risk profile, which
is predominantly borrowings denominated in US dollars.
67
The Groups accounting objective in its use of interest
rate derivatives is to minimize the impact on the income
statement of changes in the
mark-to-market
value of its derivative portfolio as a whole. It uses duration
calculations to estimate the sensitivity of the derivatives to
movements in market rates. The Group also identifies which
derivatives are eligible for fair value hedge accounting (which
reduces significantly the income statement impact of changes in
the market value of a derivative). The Group then divides the
total portfolio between hedge-accounted and pooled segments, so
that the expected movement on the pooled segment is minimized.
Currency
exchange rates
Although the Group is based in the UK, it has significant
investments in overseas operations. The most significant
currency in which the Group trades is the US dollar.
The Groups policy is to align approximately the currency
composition of its core net borrowings with its forecast
operating profit before depreciation and amortization. This
policy aims to dampen the impact of changes in foreign exchange
rates on consolidated interest cover and earnings. This policy
applies only to currencies that account for more than 15% of
group operating profit, which currently are the US dollar and
sterling. However, the Group still borrows small amounts in
other currencies, typically for seasonal working capital needs.
In addition, the Groups policy does not require existing
currency debt to be terminated to match declines in that
currencys share of Group operating profit. Following the
boards approval of a policy change in October 2008,
currencies that account for less than 15% of Group operating
profit before depreciation and amortization may now be included
in the above hedging process at the request of the chief
financial officer. During 2009, one hedging transaction,
denominated in South African Rand, had been undertaken under
that authority.
At December 31, 2009 the Groups net borrowings in our
main currencies (taking into account the effect of cross
currency rate swaps) were: US dollar £1,314m, sterling
£168m, and South African rand £9m.
The Group uses both currency denominated debt and derivative
instruments to implement the above policy. Its intention is that
gains/losses on the derivatives and debt offset the losses/gains
on the foreign currency assets and income. Each quarter the
value of hedging instruments is monitored against the assets in
the relevant currency and, where practical, a decision is made
whether to treat the debt or derivative as a net investment
hedge (permitting foreign exchange movements on it to be taken
to reserves) for the purposes of reporting under IFRS.
Investments in overseas operations are consolidated for
accounting purposes by translating values in one currency to
another currency, in particular from US dollars to sterling.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates affect the currency
values recorded in our accounts, although they do not give rise
to any realized gain or loss, nor to any currency cash flows.
The Group is also exposed to currency exchange rates in its cash
transactions and its investments in overseas operations. Cash
transactions typically for purchases, sales,
interest or dividends require cash conversions
between currencies. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates
affect the cash amounts that the Group pays or receives.
Forward
foreign exchange contracts
The Group sometimes uses forward foreign exchange contracts
where a specific major project or forecasted cash flow,
including acquisitions and disposals, arises from a business
decision that has used a specific foreign exchange rate. The
Groups policy is to effect routine transactional
conversions between currencies, for example to collect
receivables or settle payables, at the relevant spot exchange
rate.
The Group seeks to offset purchases and sales in the same
currency, even if they do not occur simultaneously. In addition,
its debt and cash portfolios management gives rise to temporary
currency shortfalls and surpluses. Both of these activities
require using short-dated foreign exchange swaps between
currencies.
Although the Group prepares its consolidated financial
statements in sterling, significant sums have been invested in
overseas assets, particularly in the US. Therefore, fluctuations
in currency exchange rates, particularly between the US dollar
and sterling, and to a lesser extent between the euro and
sterling, are likely to affect shareholders funds and
other accounting values.
68
Derivatives
Under IFRS, the Group is required to record all derivative
instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives not
classified as hedges are adjusted to fair value through
earnings. Changes in fair value of the derivatives that the
Group has designated and that qualify as effective hedges are
either recorded in reserves or are offset in earnings by the
corresponding movement in the fair value of the underlying
hedged item. Any ineffective portion of derivatives that are
classified as hedges is immediately recognized in earnings.
In 2009 and 2008 the Group met the prescribed designation
requirements and hedge effectiveness tests under IFRS for some
of its derivative contracts. As a result, the movements in the
fair value of the effective portion of fair value hedges and net
investment hedges have been offset in earnings and reserves
respectively by the corresponding movement in the fair value of
the underlying hedged item.
In line with the Groups treasury policy, none of these
instruments were considered trading instruments and each
instrument was transacted solely to match an underlying
financial exposure.
Quantitative
information about market risk
The sensitivity of the Groups derivative portfolio to
changes in interest rates is found in note 19 of
Item 18. Financial Statements.
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
DESCRIPTION
OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
|
|
|
ITEM 12D.
|
AMERICAN
DEPOSITARY SHARES
|
Fees paid
by ADR holders
Our ordinary shares trade in the United States under a sponsored
ADR facility with The Bank of New York Mellon as depositary.
The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of
ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering
ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, or from intermediaries
acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making
distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the
amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable
property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual
fee for depositary services by deductions from cash
distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging
the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them.
The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting
services until its fees for those services are paid.
69
The following table summarizes various fees currently charged by
The Bank of New York Mellon:
|
|
|
Person depositing or withdrawing shares
|
|
|
must pay to the depositary:
|
|
For:
|
|
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)
|
|
Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property
Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates
|
$.02 (or less) per ADS
|
|
Any cash distribution to ADS registered
holders
|
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities
distributed had been shares and the shares had been deposited
for issuance of ADSs
|
|
Distribution of securities by the
depositary to ADS registered holders of deposited securities
|
$.02 (or less) per ADS per calendar year
|
|
Depositary services
|
Registration of transfer fees
|
|
Transfer and registration of shares on
the share register to or from the name of the depositary or its
agent when shares are deposited or withdrawn
|
Expenses of the depositary
|
|
Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)
Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars
|
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the
custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for
example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes
|
|
As necessary
|
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for
servicing the deposited securities
|
|
As necessary
|
Fees
incurred in past annual period and fees to be paid in the
future
From January 1, 2009 to February 28, 2010 the Company
received payments from the depositary of $700,000, $38,000 and a
further $38,000 for continuing annual stock exchange listing
fees, standard
out-of-pocket
maintenance costs for the ADRs (consisting of the expenses of
postage and envelopes for mailing the annual and interim
financial reports, printing and distributing dividend cheques,
electronic filing of U.S. Federal tax information, mailing
required tax forms, stationery, postage, facsimile and telephone
calls), any applicable performance indicators relating to the
ADR facility, underwriting fees and legal fees.
The depositary has agreed to reimburse the Company for expenses
they incur that are related to establishment and maintenance
expenses of the ADS programme. The depositary has agreed to
reimburse the Company for its continuing annual stock exchange
listing fees. The depositary has also agreed to pay the standard
out-of-pocket
maintenance costs for the ADRs, which consists of the expenses
of postage and envelopes for mailing annual and interim
financial reports, printing and distributing dividend cheques,
electronic filing of U.S. Federal tax information, mailing
required tax forms, stationery, postage, facsimile and telephone
calls. It has also agreed to reimburse the Company annually for
certain investor relationship programmes or special investor
relations promotional activities. In certain instances, the
depositary has agreed to provide additional payments to the
Company based on any applicable performance indicators relating
to the ADR facility. There are limits on the amount of expenses
for which the depositary will reimburse the Company, but the
amount of reimbursement available to the Company is not
necessarily tied to the amount of fees the depositary collects
from investors.
The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of
ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering
ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, or from intermediaries
acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making
distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the
amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable
property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual
fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions
or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry
system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary
may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until
its fees for those services are paid.
70
PART II
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
DEFAULTS,
DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
|
None.
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
MATERIAL
MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF
PROCEEDS
|
None.
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation
of our disclosure controls and procedures as of
December 31, 2009 was carried out by us under the
supervision and with the participation of our management,
including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer. Based on that evaluation the Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer concluded that Pearsons
disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to
provide, and are effective in providing, reasonable assurance
that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports
filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commissions rules and forms and that such information is
accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to
allow such timely decision regarding required disclosures. A
controls system, no matter how well designed and operated cannot
provide absolute assurance to achieve its objectives.
Managements
Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting
The Companys management is responsible for establishing
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial
reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting based on the framework
in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting, as at December 31, 2009, and has
concluded that such internal control over financial reporting
was effective.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has audited the consolidated
financial statements of the Company for the year ended
December 31, 2009, has also audited the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control over financial reporting
under Auditing Standard No. 5 of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Their audit report
may be found on
page F-2.
Change in
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
During the period covered by this Annual Report on
Form 20-F,
Pearson has made no changes to its internal controls over
financial reporting that have materially affected or are
reasonably likely to materially affect Pearsons internal
control over financial reporting.
|
|
ITEM 16A.
|
AUDIT
COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
|
The members of the Board of Directors of Pearson plc have
determined that Ken Hydon is an audit committee financial expert
within the meaning of the applicable rules and regulations of
the US Securities and Exchange Commission.
71
Pearson has adopted a code of ethics (the Pearson code of
business conduct) which applies to all employees including the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and other
senior financial management. This code of ethics is available on
our website (www.pearson.com/investor/corpgov.htm). The
information on our website is not incorporated by reference into
this report.
|
|
ITEM 16C.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
|
In line with best practice, our relationship with
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) is governed by our external
auditor policy, which is reviewed and approved annually by the
audit committee. The policy establishes procedures to ensure the
auditors independence is not compromised as well as
defining those non-audit services that PwC may or may not
provide to Pearson. These allowable services are in accordance
with relevant UK and US legislation.
The audit committee approves all audit and non-audit services
provided by PwC. Certain categories of allowable non-audit
services have been pre-approved by the audit committee subject
to the authorities below:
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-approved non-audit services can be authorized by the chief
financial officer up to £100,000 per project, subject to a
cumulative limit of £500,000 per annum;
|
|
|
|
Acquisition due diligence services up to £100,000 per
transaction;
|
|
|
|
Tax compliance and related activities up to the greater of
£1,000,000 per annum or 50% of the external audit
fee; and
|
|
|
|
For forward-looking tax planning services we use the most
appropriate advisor, usually after a tender process. Where we
decide to use our independent auditor, authority, up to
£100,000 per project subject to a cumulative limit of
£500,000 per annum, has been delegated by the audit
committee to management.
|
Services provided by PwC above these limits and all other
allowable non-audit services, irrespective of value, must be
approved by the audit committee. Where appropriate, services
will be tendered prior to awarding this work to the auditor.
The following table sets forth remuneration paid to PwC for 2008
and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auditors Remuneration
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
Audit fees
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Tax fees
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
All other fees
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Audit fees include £35,000 (2008: £35,000) of audit
fees relating to the audit of the parent company.
Fees for the audit of the effectiveness of the Groups
internal control over financial reporting are allocated to audit
fees paid.
Tax services include services related to tax planning and
various other tax advisory services.
Other services include due diligence on acquisitions and
services related to the disposal of the Data Management business.
|
|
ITEM 16D.
|
EXEMPTIONS
FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
|
Not applicable.
72
|
|
ITEM 16E.
|
PURCHASES
OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED
PURCHASES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total number of
|
|
of shares that
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
units purchased
|
|
may yet be
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as part of publicly
|
|
purchased under
|
|
|
Total number of
|
|
Average price
|
|
announced plans
|
|
the plans or
|
Period
|
|
shares purchased
|
|
paid per share
|
|
or programs
|
|
programs
|
|
June 1, 2008 - June 30, 2008
|
|
|
2,000,000
|
|
|
|
£6.14
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
June 1, 2009 - June 30, 2009
|
|
|
2,200,000
|
|
|
|
£6.14
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Purchases of shares were made to satisfy obligations under
Pearson employee share award programs. All purchases were made
in open-market transactions. None of the foregoing share
purchases was made as part of a publicly announced plan or
program.
|
|
ITEM 16F.
|
CHANGE
IN REGISTRANTS CERTIFYING AUDITOR
|
Not applicable.
|
|
ITEM 16G.
|
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
|
Pearson is listed on the New York Stock Exchange
(NYSE). As a listed non-US issuer, we are required
to comply with some of the NYSEs corporate governance
rules, and otherwise must disclose on our website any
significant ways in which our corporate governance practices
differ from those followed by US companies under the NYSE
listing standards. At this time, the Company believes that it is
in compliance in all material respects with all the NYSE rules
except that the Nomination Committee is not composed entirely of
independent directors, and that it is the full board, not the
Nomination Committee, that develops and recommends corporate
governance principles.
PART III
|
|
ITEM 17.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
|
Not applicable.
|
|
ITEM 18.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
|
The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report are
included on pages F-1 through F-70 hereof.
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Memorandum and Articles of Association of Pearson plc.
|
2.1
|
|
Indenture dated June 23, 2003 between Pearson plc and The Bank
of New York, as trustee *
|
2.2
|
|
Indenture dated May 25, 2004 among Pearson Dollar Finance plc,
as Issuer, Pearson plc, Guarantor, and the Bank of New York, as
trustee, Paying Agent and Calculation Agent. #
|
2.3
|
|
Indenture dated June 21, 2001 between Pearson plc and The Bank
of New York, as trustee.
|
2.4
|
|
Indenture dated March 26, 2009 among Pearson Funding One plc, as
the Issuer, Pearson plc, Guarantor, and The Law Debenture Trust
Corporation P.L.C., as trustee.
|
2.5
|
|
Indenture dated May 6, 2008 among Pearson Dollar Finance Two
plc, as the Issuer, Pearson plc, Guarantor, and The Bank of New
York, as trustee, Paying Agent and Calculation Agent.
|
2.6
|
|
Indenture dated October 27, 1999 between Pearson plc, as the
Issuer and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation P.L.C., as
trustee.
|
8.1
|
|
List of Significant Subsidiaries.
|
12.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
|
73
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
|
13.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
|
13.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
|
15
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Incorporated by reference from the
Form 20-F
of Pearson plc for the year ended December 31, 2003 and
filed May 7, 2004. |
|
# |
|
Incorporated by reference from the
Form 20-F
of Pearson plc for the year ended December 31, 2004 and
filed June 27, 2005. |
|
|
|
Incorporated by reference from the Form 20-F of Pearson plc for
the year ended December 31, 2001 and filed June 10, 2002. |
74
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
|
F-9
|
|
F-1
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the
Board of Directors and Shareholders of Pearson plc
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and
the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive
income, equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Pearson plc and its
subsidiaries (the Group) at December 31, 2009
and December 31, 2008 and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with International
Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Group
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on
criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
The Groups management is responsible for these financial
statements, for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting, included in
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15 of this
Form 20-F.
Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial
statements and on the Groups internal control over
financial reporting based on our integrated audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of the financial statements included
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP
London
United Kingdom
March 31, 2010
F-2
Consolidated
Income Statement
Year ended 31 December 2009
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
5,624
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(2,539
|
)
|
|
|
(2,174
|
)
|
|
|
(1,910
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,085
|
|
|
|
2,637
|
|
|
|
2,252
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(2,360
|
)
|
|
|
(1,986
|
)
|
|
|
(1,701
|
)
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
Finance income
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
Loss for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity holders of the company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share for profit from continuing and
discontinued operations attributable to the equity holders of
the company during the year (expressed in pence per share)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
basic
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
53.2p
|
|
|
|
36.6p
|
|
|
|
35.6p
|
|
diluted
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
53.1p
|
|
|
|
36.6p
|
|
|
|
35.6p
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share for profit from continuing operations
attributable to the equity holders of the company during the
year (expressed in pence per share)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
basic
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
53.2p
|
|
|
|
47.9p
|
|
|
|
39.0p
|
|
diluted
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
53.1p
|
|
|
|
47.9p
|
|
|
|
39.0p
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
Consolidated
Statement of Comprehensive Income
Year ended 31 December 2009
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Profit for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
Net exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(388
|
)
|
|
|
1,125
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Currency translation adjustment disposed subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Currency translation adjustment disposed joint
venture
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial (losses)/gains on retirement benefit
obligations Group
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(299
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
80
|
|
Actuarial losses on retirement benefit obligations
associate
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in fair values of proportionate holding arising on
stepped acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxation on items recognised in other comprehensive income
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(581
|
)
|
|
|
1,110
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
|
1,433
|
|
|
|
489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity holders of the company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
464
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
Consolidated
Statement of Changes in Equity
Year ended 31 December 2009
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity attributable to the equity holders of the company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
capital
|
|
|
premium
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
reserve
|
|
|
earnings
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
interest
|
|
|
equity
|
|
|
At 1 January 2009
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
2,505
|
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
|
1,679
|
|
|
|
4,750
|
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
|
5,024
|
|
Total comprehensive (expense)/income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(359
|
)
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
Equity-settled transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Taxation on equity-settled transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Issue of ordinary shares under share option schemes
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
Release of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Put option over minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
Changes in minority shareholding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(273
|
)
|
|
|
(273
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(288
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2009
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
2,512
|
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
1,629
|
|
|
|
4,345
|
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
4,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2008
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
2,499
|
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
|
|
(514
|
)
|
|
|
1,724
|
|
|
|
3,695
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
1,433
|
|
Equity-settled transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Taxation on equity-settled transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Issue of ordinary shares under share option schemes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
Release of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in minority shareholding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(257
|
)
|
|
|
(257
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(274
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
2,505
|
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
|
1,679
|
|
|
|
4,750
|
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
|
5,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January, 2007
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
2,487
|
|
|
|
(189
|
)
|
|
|
(592
|
)
|
|
|
1,568
|
|
|
|
3,476
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
3,644
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
489
|
|
Equity-settled transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Taxation on equity-settled transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Issue of ordinary shares under share option schemes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Release of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in minority shareholding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(238
|
)
|
|
|
(238
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(260
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2007
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
2,499
|
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
|
|
(514
|
)
|
|
|
1,724
|
|
|
|
3,695
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The translation reserve includes exchange differences arising
from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations
and of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as
hedges of such investments.
F-5
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
As at 31 December 2009
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
5,129
|
|
|
|
5,353
|
|
Investments in joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
|
372
|
|
Financial assets Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
Retirement benefit assets
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
Other financial assets
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,220
|
|
|
|
6,616
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
|
695
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
|
501
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
1,284
|
|
|
|
1,342
|
|
Financial assets Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Financial assets Marketable securities
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents (excluding overdrafts)
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,192
|
|
|
|
3,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,412
|
|
|
|
9,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
Consolidated
Balance Sheet (Continued)
As at 31 December 2009
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities Borrowings
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(1,934
|
)
|
|
|
(2,019
|
)
|
Financial liabilities Derivative financial
instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
(473
|
)
|
|
|
(447
|
)
|
Retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(253
|
)
|
|
|
(221
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,051
|
)
|
|
|
(2,902
|
)
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(1,467
|
)
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)
|
Financial liabilities Borrowings
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
|
|
(344
|
)
|
Financial liabilities Derivative financial
instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Current income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(159
|
)
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,725
|
)
|
|
|
(1,970
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,776
|
)
|
|
|
(4,872
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,636
|
|
|
|
5,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
Share premium
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
2,512
|
|
|
|
2,505
|
|
Treasury shares
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
Translation reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
586
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,629
|
|
|
|
1,679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,345
|
|
|
|
4,750
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,636
|
|
|
|
5,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These financial statements have been approved for issue by the
board of directors on 10 March 2010 and signed on its
behalf by
Robin Freestone Chief financial officer
F-7
Consolidated
Cash Flow Statement
Year ended 31 December 2009
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash generated from operations
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
1,012
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
(109
|
)
|
Tax paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash generated from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
(208
|
)
|
|
|
(395
|
)
|
|
|
(472
|
)
|
Acquisition of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Purchase of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (PPE)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of PPE
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Purchase of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
Interest received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(312
|
)
|
|
|
(369
|
)
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
Proceeds from borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
Liquid resources acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Repayment of borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(343
|
)
|
|
|
(275
|
)
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
Finance lease principal payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Dividends paid to companys shareholders
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(273
|
)
|
|
|
(257
|
)
|
|
|
(238
|
)
|
Dividends paid to minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(380
|
)
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
(444
|
)
|
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
General
information
Pearson plc (the company) and its subsidiaries (together the
Group) are international media businesses covering education,
business information and consumer publishing.
The company is a limited liability company incorporated and
domiciled in England. The address of its registered office is 80
Strand, London WC2R 0RL.
The company has its primary listing on the London Stock Exchange
but is also listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue
by the board of directors on 10 March 2010.
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of
these consolidated financial statements are set out below.
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Interpretations
Committee (IFRIC) interpretations as adopted by the European
Union (EU) and with those parts of the Companies Act 1985
and/or the
Companies Act 2006 (as applicable) applicable to companies
reporting under IFRS. These consolidated financial statements
are also prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). In respect of
the accounting standards applicable to the Group there is no
difference between EU-adopted and IASB-adopted IFRS. The Group
transitioned from UK GAAP to IFRS on 1 January 2003.
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under
the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of
financial assets and liabilities (including derivative financial
instruments) to fair value.
(1) Interpretations and amendments to published
standards effective in 2009
IAS 1 (Revised) Presentation of Financial
Statements, effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2009. The amendments
require a number of presentational changes including the
requirement to present a statement of changes in equity as a
primary statement and the introduction of the statement of
comprehensive income, which presents all items of recognised
income and expense, either in one statement or in two linked
statements. Management have elected to present two statements.
Amendments to IAS 23 Borrowing Costs, effective for
annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January
2009. The amendment requires capitalisation of borrowing costs
that relate to qualifying assets (ones that take a substantial
amount of time to get ready for use or sale, with the exception
of assets measured at fair value or inventories manufactured in
large quantities or on a repetitive basis). Management have
assessed that this amendment has no impact on the Groups
financial statements as there are currently no material
qualifying assets.
Amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments:
Disclosures, effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2009. The amendments
require additional disclosures about fair value measurement and
liquidity risk. For financial instruments measured at fair value
in the balance sheet disclosure is required, based on
observability of inputs, into a three level fair value
hierarchy. In addition, a reconciliation between the opening and
closing balance for level 3 fair value measurements must be
presented, along with significant transfers between the levels
of the hierarchy. The amendments also clarify the scope of
liquidity risk disclosures. Fair value measurement and liquidity
risk disclosures are detailed in note 19.
Amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment, effective
for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
1 January 2009. The amendment clarifies that only service
and performance conditions are vesting conditions and that all
cancellations, whether Group or counterparty, should be
accounted for the same way. Management have determined that this
does not have any impact on the financial statements for the
Group.
F-9
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Amendments to IAS 32 Financial Instruments:
Presentation and IAS 1 Presentation of Financial
Statements Puttable Financial Instruments and
Obligations Arising on Liquidation, effective for annual
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. The
amendments require puttable financial instruments or investments
that impose on the entity an obligation to another party in
respect of a share of net assets only on liquidation to be
classified as equity. Management have determined that this has
no impact on the financial statements of the Group.
Amendments to IFRIC 9 Reassessment of Embedded
Derivatives and IAS 39 Financial Instruments:
Recognition and Measurement, effective for annual
reporting periods ending on or after 30 June 2009. The
amendments clarify the position on embedded derivatives
following the earlier amendments to IAS 39 regarding
reclassification. The amendment to IFRIC 9 requires an entity to
assess whether an embedded derivative must be separated from a
host contract when the entity reclassifies a hybrid financial
asset out of the fair value through profit or loss category. IAS
39 now states that if an embedded derivative cannot be reliably
measured, the entire hybrid instrument must remain classified as
at fair value through profit and loss. Management have
determined this has no impact on the financial statements of the
Group.
Improvements to Financial Reporting Standards 2008,
mostly effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or
after 1 January 2009. This is the first standard published
under the IASBs annual improvements process which is
designed to deal with non-urgent minor amendments to standards.
Of the 35 amendments issued, the adoption of the following
amendment resulted in a change to accounting policy but did not
have any significant impact on the Groups financial
position or performance.
Amendments to IAS 38 Intangible Assets require
expenditure on advertising and promotional activities to be
recognised as an expense when the Group either has the right to
access the goods or has received the service, rather than when
the Group uses the goods or service.
Other amendments did not have any impact on the accounting
policies or financial statements of the Group.
In the 2008 accounts the Group early adopted IFRS 8
Operating Segments, effective for annual reporting
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009.
The standard requires a management approach to reporting
segmental information and six reporting segments have been
identified under IFRS 8 as detailed in note 2.
IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes, effective for
annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2008.
IFRIC 13 explains how entities that grant loyalty award credit
to customers should account for their obligations to provide
free or discounted goods or services to customers who redeem
award credits. As no Group entities operate a customer loyalty
programme management have assessed that IFRIC 13 is not relevant
to the Group.
IFRIC 15 Agreements for the Construction of Real
Estate, effective for annual reporting periods beginning
on or after 1 January 2009. IFRIC 15 addresses the
accounting by entities that undertake the construction of real
estate with guidance on determining whether an agreement for the
construction of real estate falls within the scope of IAS 11
Construction Contracts or IAS 18
Revenue. As no Group entities undertake the
construction of real estate management have assessed that IFRIC
15 is not relevant to the Group.
IFRIC 16 Hedges of a Net Investment in Foreign
Operations, effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 October 2008. IFRIC 16 provides
guidance on net investment hedging including which foreign
currency risks within the Group qualify for hedging and where
the hedging investments can be held within the Group. Management
have assessed that this has no impact on the Groups
financial statements.
(2) Standards, interpretations and amendments to
published standards that are not yet effective
The Group has not early adopted the following new pronouncements
that are not yet effective:
|
|
|
|
|
IFRS 3 (Revised) Business Combinations and
amendments to IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial
Statements, effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 July 2009. The
|
F-10
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
amendments affect the accounting for business combinations,
including the requirement to re-measure the fair value of
previously held interests in step acquisitions with any gain or
loss arising being recognised in the income statement, the
requirement to expense acquisition costs and the requirement to
recognise adjustments to contingent consideration in the income
statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amendments to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition
and Measurement, effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 July 2009. These amendments clarify
that inflation may only be hedged where changes in inflation are
a specified portion of cash flows of a financial instrument, and
also clarify hedging with options.
|
|
|
|
Amendments to IAS 24 Related Parties, effective for
annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January
2011. The amendments simplify disclosure for government related
entities and clarify the definition of a related party.
|
|
|
|
Amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment: Group
cash-settled share-based payment transactions, effective for
annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January
2010. This amendment clarifies the scope and accounting for
group cash-settled share-based payment transactions.
|
|
|
|
Amendments to IAS 32 Financial
Instruments: Presentation Classification
of Rights, effective for annual reporting periods beginning on
or after 1 February 2010. The amendment clarifies that
rights, options or warrants issued to a acquire a fixed number
of an entitys own non-derivative equity instruments for a
fixed amount in any currency are classified as equity
instruments provided the offer is made pro-rata to all existing
owners of the same class of the entitys own non-derivative
equity instruments.
|
|
|
|
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, effective for annual
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. The
new standard details the requirements for the classification and
measurement of financial assets.
|
|
|
|
Improvements to IFRSs 2009 effective
dates vary upon the amendment. This is the second set of
amendments published under the IASBs annual improvements
process and incorporates minor amendments to 12 standards and
interpretations.
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 18 Transfers of Assets from Customers
effective for transfers of assets from customers received on or
after 1 July 2009. IFRIC 18 states that when an item
of property, plant and equipment is received from a customer and
it meets the definition of an asset from the perspective of the
recipient, the recipient should recognise the asset at its fair
value at the date of transfer and recognise the credit in
accordance with IAS 18 Revenue.
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 19 Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity
Instruments, effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 July 2010. IFRIC 19 clarifies
accounting by entities issuing equity instruments to extinguish
all or part of a financial liability.
|
|
|
|
Amendments to IFRIC 14 Prepayments of a Minimum Funding
Requirement, effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2011. This amendment
remedies a consequence of IFRIC 14 where, in certain
circumstances, an entity was not permitted to recognise
prepayments of a minimum funding requirement as an asset.
|
Management are currently assessing the impact of these new
standards, interpretations and amendments on the Groups
financial statements.
In addition, management has assessed the relevance of the
following interpretation with respect to the Groups
operations:
|
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 17 Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners,
effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
1 July 2009. IFRIC 17 provides guidance on the appropriate
accounting treatment when an entity distributes assets other
than cash as dividends, including recognition upon authorisation
and measurement at fair value of assets distributed, with any
difference between fair value and carrying value of these assets
being recognised in the income statement when an entity settles
the dividend payable. This does not apply to
|
F-11
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
distributions of non-cash assets under common control. This
interpretation will have no impact on the Groups financial
statements as the Group does not currently distribute non-cash
assets.
|
(3) Critical accounting assumptions and
judgements The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain
critical accounting assumptions. It also requires management to
exercise
its judgement in the process of applying the Groups
accounting policies. The areas requiring a higher degree of
judgement or complexity or areas where assumptions and estimates
are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are
discussed in the relevant accounting policies under the
following headings:
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
Goodwill
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
Pre-publication assets
|
Royalty advances
|
|
|
Taxation
|
|
|
Employee benefits:
|
|
Pension obligations
|
Revenue recognition
|
|
|
(1) Business combinations The
purchase method of accounting is used to account for the
acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an
acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given,
equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at
the date of exchange, plus costs directly attributable to the
acquisition.
Where the settlement of consideration payable is deferred, or
contingent on future events, the fair value of the deferred
component is determined by discounting the amount payable or
probable to be paid to its present value using an appropriate
discount rate.
Identifiable assets and contingent assets acquired and
identifiable liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a
business combination are measured initially at their fair values
at the acquisition date. For material acquisitions, the fair
value of the acquired intangible assets is determined by an
external, independent valuer. The excess of the cost of
acquisition over the fair value of the Groups share of the
identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. See
note 1e(1) for the accounting policy on goodwill.
(2) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are
entities over which the Group has the power to govern the
financial and operating policies generally accompanying a
shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights.
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which
control is transferred to the Group and are de-consolidated from
the date that control ceases.
(3) Transactions with minority
interests Transactions with minority
interests are treated as transactions with shareholders. Any
surplus or deficit arising from disposals to a minority interest
is recorded in equity. For purchases from a minority interest,
the difference between consideration paid and the relevant share
acquired of the carrying value of the subsidiary is recorded in
equity.
(4) Joint ventures and associates
Joint ventures are entities in which the Group holds an interest
on a long-term basis and which are jointly controlled, with one
or more other venturers, under a contractual arrangement.
Associates are entities over which the Group has significant
influence but not the power to control the financial and
operating policies, generally accompanying a shareholding of
between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in joint
ventures and associates are accounted for by the equity method
and are initially recognised at cost.
The Groups share of its joint ventures and
associates post-acquisition profits or losses is
recognised in the income statement and its share of
post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognised in
reserves. The Groups share of its joint ventures and
associates results is recognised as a component of
operating profit as these
F-12
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
operations form part of the core publishing business of the
Group and are an integral part of existing wholly-owned
businesses. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are
adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the
Groups share of losses in a joint venture or associate
equals or exceeds its interest in the joint venture or
associate, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless
the Group has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of
the joint venture or associate.
|
|
c.
|
Foreign
currency translation
|
(1) Functional and presentation
currency Items included in the financial
statements of each of the Groups entities are measured
using the currency of the primary economic environment in which
the entity operates (the functional currency). The
consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling,
which is the companys functional and presentation currency.
(2) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional
currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from
the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at
year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income
statement, except when deferred in equity as qualifying net
investment hedges.
(3) Group companies The results
and financial position of all Group companies that have a
functional currency different from the presentation currency are
translated into the presentation currency as follows:
i) assets and liabilities are translated at the closing
rate at the date of the balance sheet;
ii) income and expenses are translated at average exchange
rates;
iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a
separate component of equity.
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the
translation of the net investment in foreign entities, and of
borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges
of such investments, are taken to shareholders equity. The
Group treats specific inter-company loan balances, which are not
intended to be repaid in the foreseeable future, as part of its
net investment. When a foreign operation is sold, such exchange
differences are recognised in the income statement as part of
the gain or loss on sale.
At the date of transition to IFRS the cumulative translation
differences in respect of foreign operations have been deemed to
be zero.
Any gains and losses on disposals of foreign operations will
exclude translation differences that arose prior to the
transition date.
The principal overseas currency for the Group is the US dollar.
The average rate for the year against sterling was $1.57 (2008:
$1.85) and the year end rate was $1.61 (2008: $1.44).
|
|
d.
|
Property,
plant and equipment
|
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less
depreciation. Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other
assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate
their cost less their residual values over their estimated
useful lives as follows:
Buildings (freehold): 20-50 years
Buildings (leasehold): over the period of the lease
Plant and equipment: 3-10 years
The assets residual values and useful lives are reviewed,
and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.
F-13
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The carrying value of an asset is written down to its
recoverable amount if the carrying value of the asset is greater
than its estimated recoverable amount.
(1) Goodwill Goodwill represents
the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of
the Groups share of the net identifiable assets of the
acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of
acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is
included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of
associates and joint ventures is included in investments in
associates and joint ventures.
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost
less accumulated impairment losses. An impairment loss is
recognised to the extent that the carrying value of goodwill
exceeds the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the
higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. These
calculations require the use of estimates and significant
management judgement. A description of the key assumptions and
sensitivities is included in note 11. Goodwill is allocated
to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.
The allocation is made to those cash-generating units that are
expected to benefit from the business combination in which the
goodwill arose.
Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the
carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. IFRS 3
Business Combinations has not been applied
retrospectively to business combinations before the date of
transition to IFRS. Subject to the transition adjustments to
IFRS required by IFRS 1, the accounting for business
combinations before the date of transition has been
grandfathered.
(2) Acquired software Software
separately acquired for internal use is capitalised at cost.
Software acquired in material business combinations is
capitalised at its fair value as determined by an independent
valuer. Acquired software is amortised on a straight-line basis
over its estimated useful life of between three and eight years.
(3) Internally developed software
Internal and external costs incurred during the preliminary
stage of developing computer software for internal use are
expensed as incurred. Internal and external costs incurred to
develop computer software for internal use during the
application development stage are capitalised if the Group
expects economic benefits from the development. Capitalisation
in the application development stage begins once the Group can
reliably measure the expenditure attributable to the software
development and has demonstrated its intention to complete and
use the software. Internally developed software is amortised on
a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of between
three and eight years.
(4) Acquired intangible assets
Acquired intangible assets include customer lists and
relationships, trademarks and brands, publishing rights, content
and technology. These assets are capitalised on acquisition at
cost and included in intangible assets. Intangible assets
acquired in material business combinations are capitalised at
their fair value as determined by an independent valuer.
Intangible assets are amortised over their estimated useful
lives of between two and 20 years, using a depreciation
method that reflects the pattern of their consumption.
(5) Pre-publication assets
Pre-publication assets represent direct costs incurred in the
development of educational programmes and titles prior to their
publication. These costs are recognised as current intangible
assets where the title will generate probable future economic
benefits and costs can be measured reliably. Pre-publication
assets are amortised upon publication of the title over
estimated economic lives of five years or less, being an
estimate of the expected operating life cycle of the title, with
a higher proportion of the amortisation taken in the earlier
years.
The investment in pre-publication assets has been disclosed as
part of cash generated from operations in the cash flow
statement (see note 31).
The assessment of the recoverability of pre-publication assets
and the determination of the amortisation profile involve a
significant degree of judgement based on historical trends and
management estimation of future potential
F-14
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
sales. An incorrect amortisation profile could result in excess
amounts being carried forward as intangible assets that would
otherwise have been written off to the income statement in an
earlier period.
Reviews are performed regularly to estimate recoverability of
pre-publication assets. The carrying amount of pre-publication
assets is set out in note 20.
|
|
f.
|
Other
financial assets
|
Other financial assets, designated as available for sale
investments, are non-derivative financial assets measured at
estimated fair value. Changes in the fair value are recorded in
equity in the fair value reserve. On the subsequent disposal of
the asset, the net fair value gains or losses are taken to the
income statement.
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable
value. Cost is determined using the first in first out (FIFO)
method. The cost of finished goods and work in progress
comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and
related production overheads. Net realisable value is the
estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less
estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Provisions are made
for slow moving and obsolete stock.
h. Royalty
advances
Advances of royalties to authors are included within trade and
other receivables when the advance is paid less any provision
required to adjust the advance to its net realisable value. The
realisable value of royalty advances relies on a degree of
management judgement in determining the profitability of
individual author contracts. If the estimated realisable value
of author contracts is overstated, this will have an adverse
effect on operating profits as these excess amounts will be
written off.
The recoverability of royalty advances is based upon an annual
detailed management review of the age of the advance, the future
sales projections for new authors and prior sales history of
repeat authors. The royalty advance is expensed at the
contracted or effective royalty rate as the related revenues are
earned. Royalty advances which will be consumed within one year
are held in current assets. Royalty advances which will be
consumed after one year are held in non-current assets.
|
|
i.
|
Newspaper
development costs
|
Investment in the development of newspaper titles consists of
measures to increase the volume and geographical spread of
circulation. The measures include additional and enhanced
editorial content, extended distribution and remote printing.
These costs are expensed as incurred as they do not meet the
criteria under IAS 38 Intangible Assets to be
capitalised as intangible assets.
|
|
j.
|
Cash and
cash equivalents
|
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement include
cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are
included in borrowings in current liabilities in the balance
sheet.
Short-term deposits and marketable securities with maturities of
greater than three months do not qualify as cash and cash
equivalents. Movements on these financial instruments are
classified as cash flows from financing activities in the cash
flow statement as these amounts are used to offset the
borrowings of the Group.
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new
shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of
tax, from the proceeds.
F-15
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Where any Group company purchases the companys equity
share capital (treasury shares) the consideration paid,
including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of
income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the
companys equity holders until the shares are cancelled,
reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold
or reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly
attributable transaction costs and the related income tax
effects, is included in equity attributable to the
companys equity holders.
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, which is
proceeds received net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings
are subsequently stated at amortised cost with any difference
between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the
redemption value being recognised in the income statement over
the period of the borrowings using the effective interest
method. Accrued interest is included as part of borrowings.
Where a debt instrument is in a fair value hedging relationship,
an adjustment is made to its carrying value in the income
statement to reflect the hedged risk. Interest on borrowings is
expensed in the income statement as incurred.
m. Derivative
financial instruments
Derivatives are recognised at fair value and re-measured at each
balance sheet date. The fair value of derivatives is determined
by using market data and the use of established estimation
techniques such as discounted cash flow and option valuation
models. The Group designates certain of the derivative
instruments within its portfolio to be hedges of the fair value
of its bonds (fair value hedges) or hedges of net investments in
foreign operations (net investment hedges).
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and
qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income
statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the
hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged
risk.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of
derivatives that are designated and qualify as net investment
hedges are recognised in other comprehensive income. Gains and
losses accumulated in equity are included in the income
statement when the corresponding foreign operation is disposed
of. Gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion are
recognised immediately in finance income or finance costs in the
income statement.
Certain derivatives do not qualify or are not designated as
hedging instruments. Such derivatives are classified at fair
value and any movement in their fair value is recognised
immediately in finance income or finance costs in the income
statement.
Current tax is recognised on the amounts expected to be paid or
recovered under the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method, on
temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets
and liabilities and their carrying amounts. Deferred income tax
is determined using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected
to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the
deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is
probable that future taxable profit will be available against
which the temporary differences can be utilised.
Deferred income tax is provided in respect of the undistributed
earnings of subsidiaries other than where it is intended that
those undistributed earnings will not be remitted in the
foreseeable future.
Current and deferred tax are recognised in the income statement,
except when the tax relates to items charged or credited
directly to equity or other comprehensive income, in which case
the tax is also recognised in equity or other comprehensive
income.
F-16
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions.
Significant judgement is required in determining the estimates
in relation to the worldwide provision for income taxes. There
are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate
tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of
business. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax
audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will
be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is
different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such
differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax
provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities require management judgement
in determining the amounts to be recognised. In particular,
significant judgement is used when assessing the extent to which
deferred tax assets should be recognised with consideration
given to the timing and level of future taxable income together
with any future tax planning strategies.
(1) Pension obligations The
retirement benefit asset and obligation recognised in the
balance sheet represents the net of the present value of the
defined benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets at
the balance sheet date. The defined benefit obligation is
calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected
unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit
obligation is determined by discounting estimated future cash
flows using yields on high quality corporate bonds which have
terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related
liability.
The determination of the pension cost and defined benefit
obligation of the Groups defined benefit pension schemes
depends on the selection of certain assumptions, which include
the discount rate, inflation rate, salary growth, longevity and
expected return on scheme assets.
Actuarial gains and losses arising from differences between
actual and expected returns on plan assets, experience
adjustments on liabilities and changes in actuarial assumptions
are recognised immediately in other comprehensive income.
The service cost, representing benefits accruing over the year,
is included in the income statement as an operating cost. The
unwinding of the discount rate on the scheme liabilities and the
expected return on scheme assets are presented as finance costs
or finance income.
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension
plans are recognised as an operating expense in the income
statement as incurred.
(2) Other post-retirement
obligations The expected costs of
post-retirement healthcare and life assurance benefits are
accrued over the period of employment, using a similar
accounting methodology as for defined benefit pension
obligations. The liabilities and costs relating to material
other post-retirement obligations are assessed annually by
independent qualified actuaries.
(3) Share-based payments The fair
value of options or shares granted under the Groups share
and option plans is recognised as an employee expense after
taking into account the Groups best estimate of the number
of awards expected to vest. Fair value is measured at the date
of grant and is spread over the vesting period of the option or
share. The fair value of the options granted is measured using
an option model that is most appropriate to the award. The fair
value of shares awarded is measured using the share price at the
date of grant unless another method is more appropriate. Any
proceeds received are credited to share capital and share
premium when the options are exercised. The Group has applied
IFRS 2 Share-based Payment retrospectively to all
options granted but not fully vested at the date of transition
to IFRS.
Provisions are recognised if the Group has a present legal or
constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is more
likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to
settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated.
Provisions are discounted to present value where the effect is
material.
F-17
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Group recognises a provision for deferred consideration when
the payment of the deferred consideration is probable.
The Group recognises a provision for onerous lease contracts
when the expected benefits to be derived from a contract are
less than the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under
the contract.
The provision is based on the present value of future payments
for surplus leased properties under non-cancellable operating
leases, net of estimated
sub-leasing
income.
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received
or receivable for the sale of goods and services net of
value-added tax and other sales taxes, rebates and discounts,
and after eliminating sales within the Group.
Revenue from the sale of books is recognised when title passes.
A provision for anticipated returns is made based primarily on
historical return rates. If these estimates do not reflect
actual returns in future periods then revenues could be
understated or overstated for a particular period.
Circulation and advertising revenue is recognised when the
newspaper or other publication is published. Subscription
revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the life of
the subscription.
Where a contractual arrangement consists of two or more separate
elements that can be provided to customers either on a
stand-alone basis or as an optional extra, such as the provision
of supplementary materials with textbooks, revenue is recognised
for each element as if it were an individual contractual
arrangement.
Revenue from multi-year contractual arrangements, such as
contracts to process qualifying tests for individual professions
and government departments, is recognised as performance occurs.
The assumptions, risks, and uncertainties inherent in long-term
contract accounting can affect the amounts and timing of revenue
and related expenses reported. Certain of these arrangements,
either as a result of a single service spanning more than one
reporting period or where the contract requires the provision of
a number of services that together constitute a single project,
are treated as long-term contracts with revenue recognised on a
percentage of completion basis. Losses on contracts are
recognised in the period in which the loss first becomes
foreseeable. Contract losses are determined to be the amount by
which estimated total costs of the contract exceed the estimated
total revenues that will be generated by the contract.
On certain contracts, where the Group acts as agent, only
commissions and fees receivable for services rendered are
recognised as revenue. Any third-party costs incurred on behalf
of the principal that are rechargeable under the contractual
arrangement are not included in revenue.
Income from recharges of freight and other activities which are
incidental to the normal revenue generating activities is
included in other income.
Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are
classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at
the commencement of the lease at the lower of the fair value of
the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease
payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability
and finance charges to achieve a constant rate on the finance
balance outstanding. The corresponding rental obligations, net
of finance charges, are included in financial
liabilities borrowings. The interest element of the
finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease
period to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the
remaining balance of the liability for each period. The
property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases are
depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or
the lease term.
F-18
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Leases where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of
ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating
leases by the lessee. Payments made under operating leases (net
of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the
income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the
lease.
Dividends are recorded in the Groups financial statements
in the period in which they are approved by the companys
shareholders. Interim dividends are recorded in the period in
which they are approved and paid.
|
|
t.
|
Non-current
assets and liabilities held for sale
|
Assets and liabilities are classified as held for sale and
stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs
to sell if it is intended to recover their carrying amount
principally through a sale transaction rather than through
continuing use. No depreciation is charged in respect of
non-current assets classified as held for sale. Amounts relating
to non-current assets and liabilities held for sale are
classified as discontinued operations in the income statement
where appropriate.
Trade receivables are stated at fair value after provision for
bad and doubtful debts and anticipated future sales returns (see
also note 1q).
The Group is organised into six business segments:
North American Education Educational
publishing, assessment and testing for the school and higher
education market within the USA and Canada;
International Education Educational
publishing, assessment and testing for the school and higher
education market outside of North America;
Professional Business and technology
publishing and testing and certification for professional bodies;
FT Publishing Publisher of the
Financial Times, business magazines and specialist
information;
Interactive Data Provider of financial
and business information to financial institutions and retail
investors;
Penguin Publisher with brand imprints
such as Penguin, Putnam, Berkley, Viking and Dorling Kindersley.
F-19
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For more detail on the services and products included in each
business segment refer to Item 4 of this
Form 20-F.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
North
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales (external)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,470
|
|
|
|
1,035
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,624
|
|
Sales (inter-segment)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
858
|
|
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
354
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
Finance income
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,382
|
|
|
|
1,635
|
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
|
1,173
|
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
|
9,382
|
|
Joint ventures
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,395
|
|
|
|
1,640
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
|
1,176
|
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
|
9,412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other segment items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Capital expenditure
|
|
|
10, 11, 20
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
448
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
11, 20
|
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales (external)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
Sales (inter-segment)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
Finance income
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,952
|
|
|
|
1,358
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
|
482
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
1,211
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
9,873
|
|
Joint ventures
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,952
|
|
|
|
1,370
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
|
490
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
1,214
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
9,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other segment items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Capital expenditure
|
|
|
10, 11, 20
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
421
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
11, 20
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales (external)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
Sales (inter-segment)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
619
|
|
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
Finance income
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
1,013
|
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
7,155
|
|
Joint ventures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,537
|
|
|
|
1,021
|
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
7,175
|
|
Assets discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,537
|
|
|
|
1,021
|
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
7,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other segment items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Capital expenditure
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
356
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2009, sales from the provision of goods were £3,947m
(2008: £3,411m; 2007: £3,053m) and sales from the
provision of services were £1,677m (2008: £1,400m;
2007: £1,109m). Sales from the Groups educational
publishing, consumer publishing and newspaper business are
classified as being from the provision of goods and sales from
its assessment and testing, market pricing and other service
businesses are classified as being from the provision of
services.
Corporate costs are allocated to business segments on an
appropriate basis depending on the nature of the cost and
therefore the segment result is equal to the Group operating
profit. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an
arms-length basis. Segment assets consist of property,
plant and equipment, intangible assets, inventories,
receivables, retirement benefit assets and deferred taxation and
exclude cash and cash equivalents and derivative assets.
Corporate assets comprise cash and cash equivalents, marketable
securities and derivative financial instruments. Capital
expenditure comprises additions to property, plant and equipment
and intangible assets, including pre-publication but excluding
goodwill (see notes 10, 11 and 20).
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets acquired
through business combination were £153m (2008: £253m)
(see note 29). Capital expenditure, depreciation and
amortisation include amounts relating to discontinued
operations. Discontinued operations relate to the Data
Management business in 2008 and to the Data Management business,
Government Solutions, Datamark and Les Echos in 2007 (see
note 3).
F-22
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Group operates in the following main geographic areas:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
941
|
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
|
724
|
|
Other European countries
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
USA
|
|
|
3,462
|
|
|
|
2,861
|
|
|
|
2,448
|
|
|
|
3,811
|
|
|
|
4,624
|
|
|
|
3,146
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total continuing
|
|
|
5,624
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
|
|
5,659
|
|
|
|
5,951
|
|
|
|
4,318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other European countries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total discontinued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
5,624
|
|
|
|
4,819
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
5,659
|
|
|
|
5,951
|
|
|
|
4,435
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales are allocated based on the country in which the customer
is located. This does not differ materially from the location
where the order is received. Non-current assets are based on the
subsidiarys country of domicile. This is not materially
different to the location of the assets. Non-current assets
comprise property, plant and equipment, intangible assets,
investments in joint ventures and associates and other
receivables.
|
|
3.
|
Discontinued
operations
|
Discontinued operations relate to the Groups interest in
Government Solutions (sold on 15 February 2007), Datamark
(sold on 31 July 2007), Les Echos (sold on 24 December
2007) and the Data Management business (sold on 22 February
2008).
The results of the Data Management business (previously included
in the Professional segment) have been included in discontinued
operations for 2007 and 2008. In anticipation of the loss on
sale, an impairment to held for sale goodwill was charged to the
income statement in 2007.
The results of Government Solutions (previously included in the
Professional segment) and Les Echos (previously included in the
FT Publishing segment) were included in discontinued operations
for 2007 and were consolidated up to the date of sale.
Datamark was sold immediately following its acquisition as part
of the eCollege transaction and consequently none of the results
for this business were consolidated.
F-23
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
An analysis of the results and cash flows of the discontinued
operation is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
|
Management
|
|
|
|
All figures
|
|
|
|
in £ millions
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit after tax
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations before tax
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
Attributable tax expense
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
Investing cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
Financing cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management
|
|
|
Les Echos
|
|
|
Datamark
|
|
|
Solutions
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss)/profit before tax
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable tax expense
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss)/profit after tax
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
Profit/(loss) on disposal of discontinued operations before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
146
|
|
Attributable tax (expense)/benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss)/profit for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating cash flows
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
Investing cash flows
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Financing cash flows
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
By function:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
2,539
|
|
|
|
2,174
|
|
|
|
1,910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution costs
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
Administrative and other expenses
|
|
|
2,206
|
|
|
|
1,853
|
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
2,360
|
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
1,701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,899
|
|
|
|
4,160
|
|
|
|
3,611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
By nature:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Utilisation of inventory
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
|
732
|
|
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
Amortisation of intangible assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
Amortisation of intangible assets Other
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Employee benefit expense
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1,903
|
|
|
|
1,553
|
|
|
|
1,288
|
|
Operating lease rentals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Other property costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
Royalties expensed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
365
|
|
Advertising, promotion and marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
Information technology costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Other costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
|
484
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,899
|
|
|
|
4,160
|
|
|
|
3,611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year the Group obtained the following services from
the Groups auditor:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Fees payable to the companys auditor for the audit of
parent company and consolidated financial statements
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
The audit of the companys subsidiaries pursuant to
legislation
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Tax services
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Other services
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Reconciliation between audit and non-audit service fees is shown
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Group audit fees including fees for attestation under
section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Non-audit fees
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees for attestation under section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act are allocated between fees payable for the
audits of consolidated and subsidiary accounts.
Tax services include services related to tax planning and
various other tax advisory matters. Other services include due
diligence on acquisitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Employee benefit expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wages and salaries (including termination benefits and
restructuring costs)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,632
|
|
|
|
1,317
|
|
|
|
1,087
|
|
Social security costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Share-based payment costs
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Retirement benefits defined contribution plans
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
Retirement benefits defined benefit plans
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Other post-retirement benefits
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,903
|
|
|
|
1,553
|
|
|
|
1,288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The details of the emoluments of the directors of Pearson plc
are shown in the report on directors remuneration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Average number employed
|
|
|
Employee numbers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American Education
|
|
|
15,606
|
|
|
|
15,412
|
|
|
|
14,327
|
|
International Education
|
|
|
8,899
|
|
|
|
5,718
|
|
|
|
5,291
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
2,662
|
|
|
|
2,641
|
|
|
|
2,540
|
|
FT Publishing
|
|
|
2,328
|
|
|
|
2,379
|
|
|
|
2,083
|
|
Interactive Data
|
|
|
2,459
|
|
|
|
2,413
|
|
|
|
2,300
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
4,163
|
|
|
|
4,112
|
|
|
|
4,163
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,047
|
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
37,164
|
|
|
|
33,584
|
|
|
|
31,622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
1,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,164
|
|
|
|
33,680
|
|
|
|
32,692
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Interest payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(114
|
)
|
Finance costs in respect of retirement benefits
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net foreign exchange losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
Other losses on financial instruments in a hedging relationship:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fair value hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
net investment hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Other losses on financial instruments not in a hedging
relationship:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Finance income in respect of retirement benefits
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Net foreign exchange gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Other gains on financial instruments in a hedging relationship:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fair value hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
net investment hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other gains on financial instruments not in a hedging
relationship:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
amortisation of transitional adjustment on bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net finance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The £3m net gain (2008: £5m net loss; 2007: £1m
net loss) on fair value hedges comprises a £96m gain (2008:
£156m loss; 2007: £20m loss) on the underlying bonds
offset by a £93m loss (2008: £151m gain; 2007:
£19m gain) on the related derivative financial instruments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Current tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge in respect of current year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
Other adjustments in respect of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current tax charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
|
|
(79
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In respect of temporary differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
Other adjustments in respect of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax charge
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-27
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The tax on the Groups profit before tax differs from the
theoretical amount that would arise using the UK tax rate as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
Tax calculated at UK rate (2009: 28%, 2008: 28.5%, 2007: 30%)
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
(141
|
)
|
Effect of overseas tax rates
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
Joint venture and associate income reported net of tax
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Net income/(expense) not subject to tax
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Unutilised tax losses
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Prior year adjustments
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax charge
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
Overseas
|
|
|
(155
|
)
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax charge
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The tax benefit/(charge) recognised in other comprehensive
income is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Pension contributions and actuarial gains and losses
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Net investment hedges and other foreign exchange gains and losses
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A tax benefit of £6m (2008: tax charge £7m; 2007: tax
benefit £7m) relating to share-based payments has been
recognised directly in equity.
Basic
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit
attributable to equity shareholders of the company by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the
year, excluding ordinary shares purchased by the company and
held as treasury shares.
F-28
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Diluted
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the
weighted average number of ordinary shares to take account of
all dilutive potential ordinary shares and adjusting the profit
attributable, if applicable, to account for any tax consequences
that might arise from conversion of those shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares (millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
799.3
|
|
|
|
797.0
|
|
|
|
796.8
|
|
Effect of dilutive share options (millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
Weighted average number of shares (millions) for diluted earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
800.1
|
|
|
|
797.5
|
|
|
|
798.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share from continuing and discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.2p
|
|
|
|
36.6p
|
|
|
|
35.6p
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.1p
|
|
|
|
36.6p
|
|
|
|
35.6p
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.2p
|
|
|
|
47.9p
|
|
|
|
39.0p
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.1p
|
|
|
|
47.9p
|
|
|
|
39.0p
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11.3p
|
)
|
|
|
(3.4p
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Final paid in respect of prior year 22.0p (2008: 20.5p; 2007:
18.8p)
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
Interim paid in respect of current year 12.2p (2008: 11.8p;
2007: 11.1p)
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the
financial year ended 31 December 2009 of 23.3p per share
which will absorb an estimated £187m of shareholders
funds. It will be paid on 7 May 2010 to shareholders who
are on the register of members on 9 April 2010. These
financial statements do not reflect this dividend.
F-29
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
10.
|
Property,
plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land and
|
|
|
Plant and
|
|
|
course of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
buildings
|
|
|
equipment
|
|
|
construction
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2008
|
|
|
298
|
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
936
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Reclassifications
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
1,201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
Additions
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Reclassifications
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2009
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
1,166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land and
|
|
|
Plant and
|
|
|
course of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
buildings
|
|
|
equipment
|
|
|
construction
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2008
|
|
|
(126
|
)
|
|
|
(455
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(581
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
Charge for the year
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
Disposals
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
(608
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(778
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Charge for the year
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
Disposals
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2009
|
|
|
(174
|
)
|
|
|
(604
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(778
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2008
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
At 31 December 2009
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense of £12m (2008: £12m) has been
included in the income statement in cost of goods sold, £7m
(2008: £6m) in distribution expenses and £66m (2008:
£61m) in administrative and other expenses. The Group
leases certain equipment under a number of finance lease
agreements. The net carrying amount of leased plant and
equipment included within property, plant and equipment was
£15m (2008: £7m).
F-30
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
customer
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lists and
|
|
|
trademarks
|
|
|
publishing
|
|
|
intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
Software
|
|
|
relationships
|
|
|
and brands
|
|
|
rights
|
|
|
acquired
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2008
|
|
|
3,343
|
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
4,044
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
1,082
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
1,347
|
|
Additions internal development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Additions purchased
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
Disposal through business disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Transfer to Pre-publication
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
4,570
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
5,772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(420
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(513
|
)
|
Additions internal development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Additions purchased
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2009
|
|
|
4,346
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
|
5,651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-31
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
customer
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lists and
|
|
|
trademarks
|
|
|
publishing
|
|
|
intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
Software
|
|
|
relationships
|
|
|
and brands
|
|
|
rights
|
|
|
acquired
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(142
|
)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(230
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
Charge for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(116
|
)
|
Disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
Disposal through business disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Transfer to Pre-publication
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(203
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Charge for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
Disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(224
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
(522
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2008
|
|
|
3,343
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
3,814
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
4,570
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
5,353
|
|
At 31 December 2009
|
|
|
4,346
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
5,129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
The goodwill carrying value of £4,346m relates to
acquisitions completed after 1 January 1998. Prior to
1 January 1998 all goodwill was written off to reserves on
the date of acquisition. £3,127m of the carrying value
relates to acquisitions completed between 1 January 1998
and 31 December 2002 and £1,219m relates to
acquisitions completed after 1 January 2003 (the date of
transition to IFRS).
For acquisitions completed between 1 January 1998 and
31 December 2002 no value was ascribed to intangibles other
than goodwill and the goodwill on each acquisition was amortised
over a period of up to 20 years. On adoption of IFRS on
1 January 2003, the Group chose not to restate the goodwill
balance and at that date the balance was frozen (i.e.
amortisation ceased). If goodwill had been restated then a
significant value would have been ascribed to other intangible
assets, which would be subject to amortisation, and the carrying
value of goodwill would be significantly lower.
For acquisitions completed after 1 January 2003 value has
been ascribed to other intangible assets, which are amortised,
with only the remaining difference between the purchase price
and the fair value of net assets acquired being allocated to
goodwill.
Other
intangible assets
Other intangibles acquired include content, technology and
software rights. Amortisation of £5m (2008: £5m) is
included in the income statement in cost of goods sold and
£142m (2008: £111m) in administrative and other
expenses.
F-32
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Impairment tests for cash-generating units containing goodwill
Impairment tests have been carried out where appropriate as
described below. The recoverable amount for each unit tested
exceeds its carrying value.
Goodwill is allocated to 14 cash-generating units (CGUs) within
the business segments as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
US School Curriculum
|
|
|
812
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
US School Assessment and Information
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
|
722
|
|
US Higher Education
|
|
|
1,064
|
|
|
|
1,164
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
International Education Publishing
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
International Education Assessment and Testing
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
Professional Publishing
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Professional Assessment and Testing
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pearson Education total
|
|
|
3,638
|
|
|
|
3,821
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Times
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Mergermarket
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
Interactive Data
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT Group total
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Penguin US
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
Penguin UK
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
Pearson Australia
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Penguin total
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill
|
|
|
4,346
|
|
|
|
4,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As highlighted in the 2008 business review, integration of the
US School and Higher Education businesses began in 2008. This
integration continued throughout 2009 and has now advanced to a
point where, from 1 January 2010, these companies will be
combined into one CGU for impairment review purposes.
The recoverable amount of each CGU is based on value in use
calculations. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually. Other
than goodwill there are no intangible assets with indefinite
lives. The goodwill is generally denominated in the currency of
the relevant cash flows and therefore the impairment review is
not materially sensitive to exchange rate fluctuations.
Key
assumptions
The value in use calculations use cash flow projections based on
financial budgets approved by management covering a five-year
period. The key assumptions used by management in the value in
use calculations were:
Discount rate The discount rate is
based on the risk-free rate for government bonds, adjusted for a
risk premium to reflect the increased risk in investing in
equities. The risk premium adjustment is assessed for each
specific CGU. The average pre-tax discount rates used are in the
range of 10.9% to 11.8% for the Pearson Education businesses
(2008: 10.2% to 11.7%), 12.7% to 18.1% for the FT Group
businesses (2008: 10.8% to 20.5%) and 9.5% to 11.4% for the
Penguin businesses (2008: 8.8% to 10.4%).
Perpetuity growth rates The cash flows
subsequent to the approved budget period are based upon the
long-term historic growth rates of the underlying territories in
which the CGU operates and reflect the long-term growth
prospects of the sectors in which the CGU operates. A perpetuity
growth rate of 2.0% was used for
F-33
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
all CGUs in 2009 (2008: 2.0%). The perpetuity growth rates are
consistent with appropriate external sources for the relevant
markets.
Cash flow growth rates The cash flow
growth rates are derived from managements latest forecast
of sales taking into consideration past experience of operating
margins achieved in the CGU. Historically, such forecasts have
been reasonably accurate.
Sensitivities
The Groups impairment review is sensitive to a change in
assumptions used, most notably the discount rates, the
perpetuity growth rates and expected future cash flows. Based on
the Groups sensitivity analysis, a reasonably possible
change in the discount rate or perpetuity growth rate could
cause an impairment in the US School Curriculum CGU. Following a
restructuring during 2009, the Penguin UK CGU is no longer
considered sensitive to impairment.
The fair value of US School Curriculum is 6%, or approximately
£59m, above its carrying value, but an increase of
0.4 percentage points in the discount rate or a reduction
of 0.5 percentage points in the perpetuity growth rate
would have caused the value in use to fall below the carrying
value.
|
|
12.
|
Investments
in joint ventures and associates
|
Joint
ventures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Share of profit after tax
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Loan repayment
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Additions and further investment
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Transfer to subsidiary
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity
method of accounting and are initially recognised at cost.
Investments at 31 December 2009 include goodwill of
£11m (2008: £nil).
F-34
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The aggregate of the Groups share of its joint
ventures assets (including goodwill) and liabilities, none
of which are individually significant, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit after income tax
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Share of profit after tax
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Additions
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Reversal of distribution)/Distribution from associate in excess
of carrying value
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
Actuarial losses on retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity
method of accounting and are initially recognised at cost. There
is no acquisition goodwill relating to the Groups
investments in associates.
The Groups interests in its principal associates, all of
which are unlisted, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Country of incorporation
|
|
|
interest held
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
Profit
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
The Economist Newspaper Ltd
|
|
|
England
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
(116
|
)
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Country of incorporation
|
|
|
interest held
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
Profit
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
The Economist Newspaper Ltd
|
|
|
England
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The interests held in associates are equivalent to voting rights.
F-35
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets to be recovered after more than
12 months
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
|
341
|
|
Deferred income tax assets to be recovered within 12 months
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities to be settled after more than
12 months
|
|
|
(473
|
)
|
|
|
(447
|
)
|
Deferred income tax liabilities to be settled within
12 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(473
|
)
|
|
|
(447
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets to be recovered within 12 months
relate to the utilisation of losses in the US.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities may be offset when
there is a legally enforceable right to offset current income
tax assets against current income tax liabilities and when the
deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The
Group has unrecognised deferred income tax assets at
31 December 2009 in respect of UK losses of £20m
(2008: £28m). None of these unrecognised deferred income
tax assets have expiry dates associated with them.
The recognition of the deferred income tax assets is supported
by managements forecasts of the future profitability of
the relevant business units.
The movement on the net deferred income tax account is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
41
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Income statement charge
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Tax benefit/(charge) to other comprehensive income or equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-36
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities
during the year is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading
|
|
|
Goodwill and
|
|
|
Returns
|
|
|
benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
losses
|
|
|
intangibles
|
|
|
provisions
|
|
|
obligations
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2008
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
328
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Income statement (charge)/benefit
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
Tax benefit/(charge) to other comprehensive income or equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income statement (charge)/benefit
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
Tax benefit to other comprehensive income or equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2009
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other deferred income tax assets include temporary differences
on share-based payments, inventory and other provisions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
intangibles
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2008
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
|
(287
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Income statement charge
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
Tax charge to other comprehensive income or equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
(318
|
)
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
(447
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
Income statement (charge)/benefit
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
Tax benefit to other comprehensive income or equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2009
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(154
|
)
|
|
|
(473
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other deferred income tax liabilities include temporary
differences in respect of depreciation and royalty advances.
F-37
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
14.
|
Classification
of financial instruments
|
The accounting classification of each class of the Groups
financial assets and financial liabilities, together with their
fair values, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortised cost
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available
|
|
|
deemed held
|
|
|
in hedging
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Loans and
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
carrying
|
|
|
market
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
for sale
|
|
|
for trading
|
|
|
relationships
|
|
|
liabilities
|
|
|
receivables
|
|
|
liabilities
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Investments in unlisted securities
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
Trade receivables
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,976
|
|
|
|
1,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Trade payables
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
Other financial liabilities put option over
minority interest
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
Bank loans and overdrafts
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
Borrowings due within one year
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Borrowings due after more than one year
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,934
|
)
|
|
|
(1,934
|
)
|
|
|
(1,969
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,469
|
)
|
|
|
(2,501
|
)
|
|
|
(2,536
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
Amortised cost
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available
|
|
|
deemed held
|
|
|
in hedging
|
|
|
Loans and
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
carrying
|
|
|
market
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
for sale
|
|
|
for trading
|
|
|
relationships
|
|
|
receivables
|
|
|
liabilities
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Investments in unlisted securities
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
Trade receivables
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
1,715
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Trade payables
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
Bank loans and overdrafts
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
Borrowings due within one year
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
Borrowings due after more than one year
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,887
|
)
|
|
|
(1,887
|
)
|
|
|
(1,620
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,813
|
)
|
|
|
(2,833
|
)
|
|
|
(2,565
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain of the Groups derivative financial instruments are
deemed to be held for trading either as they do not meet the
hedge accounting criteria specified in IAS 39 Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement or the Group has
chosen not to seek hedge accounting for these instruments. None
of these derivatives are held for speculative trading purposes.
Transactions in derivative financial instruments are only
undertaken to manage risks arising from underlying business
activity, in accordance with the Groups treasury policy as
described in note 19.
The Group designates certain qualifying derivative financial
instruments as hedges of the fair value of its bonds (fair value
hedges). Changes in the fair value of these derivative financial
instruments are recorded in the income statement, together with
any change in the fair value of the hedged liability
attributable to the hedged risk.
The Group also designates certain of its borrowings and
derivative financial instruments as hedges of its investments in
foreign operations (net investment hedges). Movements in the
fair value of these financial instruments (to the extent they
are effective) are recognised in other comprehensive income.
None of the Groups financial assets or liabilities are
designated at fair value through the income statement upon
initial recognition.
More detail on the Groups accounting for financial
instruments is included in the Groups accounting policies.
The Groups approach to managing risks in relation to
financial instruments is described in note 19.
F-39
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
15.
|
Other
financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
18
|
|
Acquisition of investments
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Disposal of investments
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other financial assets comprise non-current unlisted securities.
|
|
16.
|
Derivative
financial instruments
|
The Groups approach to the management of financial risks
is set out in note 19. The Groups outstanding
derivative financial instruments are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Gross notional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross notional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
amounts
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
amounts
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Interest rate derivatives in a fair value hedge
relationship
|
|
|
1,103
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,232
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate derivatives not in a hedge relationship
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
1,033
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Cross currency rate derivatives in a net investment
hedge relationship
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,809
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
2,265
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysed as expiring:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In less than one year
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Later than one year and not later than five years
|
|
|
844
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
727
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,809
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
2,265
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying value of the above derivative financial instruments
equals their fair value. Fair values are determined by using
market data and the use of established estimation techniques
such as discounted cash flow and option valuation models.
At the end of 2009, the currency split of the
mark-to-market
values of rate derivatives, including the exchange of principal
on cross currency rate derivatives, was US dollar £(127)m,
sterling £252m and South African rand £(22)m (2008: US
dollar £161m, sterling £3m and South African rand
£nil).
The fixed interest rates on outstanding rate derivative
contracts at the end of 2009 range from 3.65% to 9.28% (2008:
4.45% to 7.00%) and the floating rates are based on LIBOR in US
dollar and sterling.
The Groups portfolio of rate derivatives is diversified by
maturity, counterparty and type. Natural offsets between
transactions within the portfolio and the designation of certain
derivatives as hedges significantly reduce the risk of income
statement volatility. The sensitivity of the portfolio to
changes in market rates is set out in note 19.
Counterparty exposure from all derivatives is managed, together
with that from deposits and bank account balances, within credit
limits that reflect published credit ratings and by reference to
other market measures (e.g.
F-40
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
market prices for credit default swaps) to ensure that there is
no significant risk to any one counterparty. No single
derivative transaction had a market value (positive or negative)
at the balance sheet date that exceeded 3% of the Groups
consolidated total equity.
In accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments:
Recognition and Measurement the Group has reviewed all of
its material contracts for embedded derivatives that are
required to be separately accounted for if they do not meet
certain requirements, and has concluded that there are no
material embedded derivatives.
|
|
17.
|
Cash and
cash equivalents (excluding overdrafts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in
|
|
|
|
£ millions
|
|
|
Cash at bank and in hand
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
Short-term bank deposits
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term bank deposits are invested with banks and earn
interest at the prevailing short-term deposit rates.
At the end of 2009 the currency split of cash and cash
equivalents was US dollar 35% (2008: 36%), sterling 22% (2008:
22%), euro 18% (2008: 20%) and other 25% (2008: 22%).
Cash and cash equivalents have fair values that approximate to
their carrying value due to their short-term nature.
Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purpose
of the cash flow statement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in
|
|
|
|
£ millions
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
Bank overdrafts
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-41
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
18.
|
Financial
liabilities Borrowings
|
The Groups current and non-current borrowings are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in
|
|
|
|
£ millions
|
|
|
Non-current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans and overdrafts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
7.0% Global Dollar Bonds 2011 (nominal amount $500m)
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
368
|
|
5.5% Global Dollar Bonds 2013 (nominal amount $350m)
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
5.7% US Dollar Bonds 2014 (nominal amount $400m)
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
7.0% Sterling Bonds 2014 (nominal amount £250m)
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
6.0% Sterling Bonds 2015 (nominal amount £300m)
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.25% Global Dollar Bonds 2018 (nominal amount $550m)
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
|
445
|
|
4.625% US Dollar notes 2018 (nominal amount $300m)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
237
|
|
Finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,934
|
|
|
|
2,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due within one year or on demand:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans and overdrafts
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
4.7% US Dollar Bonds 2009 (nominal amount $350m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
Finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total borrowings
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
2,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the non-current borrowings above is £12m of
accrued interest (2008: £12m). Included in the current
borrowings above is £nil of accrued interest (2008:
£1m).
The maturity of the Groups non-current borrowing is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in
|
|
|
|
£ millions
|
|
|
Between one and two years
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Between two and five years
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
|
759
|
|
Over five years
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
|
1,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,934
|
|
|
|
2,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-42
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The carrying amounts and market values of borrowings are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Effective
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interest rate
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
Market value
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
Market value
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Bank loans and overdrafts
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
4.7% US Dollar Bonds 2009
|
|
|
4.86
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
243
|
|
7.0% Global Dollar Bonds 2011
|
|
|
7.16
|
%
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
349
|
|
5.5% Global Dollar Bonds 2013
|
|
|
5.76
|
%
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
5.7% US Dollar Bonds 2014
|
|
|
5.88
|
%
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
7.0% Sterling Bonds 2014
|
|
|
7.20
|
%
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
6.0% Sterling Bonds 2015
|
|
|
6.27
|
%
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
|
317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.25% Global Dollar Bonds 2018
|
|
|
6.46
|
%
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
|
352
|
|
4.625% US Dollar notes 2018
|
|
|
4.69
|
%
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
Finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
2,043
|
|
|
|
2,363
|
|
|
|
2,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The market values are based on clean market prices at the year
end or, where these are not available, on the quoted market
prices of comparable debt issued by other companies. The
effective interest rates above relate to the underlying debt
instruments.
The carrying amounts of the Groups borrowings are
denominated in the following currencies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in
|
|
|
|
£ millions
|
|
|
US dollar
|
|
|
1,457
|
|
|
|
2,081
|
|
Sterling
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
2,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group has the following undrawn capacity on its committed
borrowing facilities as at 31 December:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in
|
|
|
|
£ millions
|
|
|
Floating rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expiring within one year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expiring beyond one year
|
|
|
1,084
|
|
|
|
1,085
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,084
|
|
|
|
1,085
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition to the above facilities, there are a number of
short-term facilities that are utilised in the normal course of
business.
All of the Groups borrowings are unsecured. In respect of
finance lease obligations, the rights to the leased asset revert
to the lessor in the event of default.
F-43
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The maturity of the Groups finance lease obligations is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in
|
|
|
|
£ millions
|
|
|
Finance lease liabilities minimum lease
payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not later than one year
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Later than one year and not later than two years
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Later than two years and not later than three years
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Later than three years and not later than four years
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Later than four years and not later than five years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future finance charges on finance leases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The present value of finance lease liabilities is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in
|
|
|
|
£ millions
|
|
|
Not later than one year
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Later than one year and not later than five years
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amounts of the Groups lease obligations
approximate their fair value.
|
|
19.
|
Financial
risk management
|
The Groups approach to the management of financial risks
together with sensitivity analyses is set out below.
Treasury
policy
The Group holds financial instruments for two principal
purposes: to finance its operations and to manage the interest
rate and currency risks arising from its operations and its
sources of finance. The Group finances its operations by a
mixture of cash flows from operations, short-term borrowings
from banks and commercial paper markets, and longer term loans
from banks and capital markets. The Group borrows principally in
US dollars and sterling, at both floating and fixed rates of
interest, using derivative financial instruments
(derivatives), where appropriate, to generate the desired
effective currency profile and interest rate basis. The
derivatives used for this purpose are principally rate swaps,
rate caps and collars, currency rate swaps and forward foreign
exchange contracts. The main risks arising from the Groups
financial instruments are interest rate risk, liquidity and
refinancing risk, counterparty risk and foreign currency risk.
These risks are managed by the chief financial officer under
policies approved by the board, which are summarised below. All
the treasury policies remained unchanged throughout 2009, apart
from a revision to the Groups bank counterparty limits
policy and a minor change applicable to the authorisation of
treasury policy waivers.
The audit committee receives reports on the Groups
treasury activities, policies and procedures. The treasury
department is not a profit centre and its activities are subject
to regular internal audit.
Interest
rate risk management
The Groups exposure to interest rate fluctuations on its
borrowings is managed by borrowing on a fixed rate basis and by
entering into rate swaps, rate caps and forward rate agreements.
The Groups policy objective has
F-44
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
continued to be to set a target proportion of its forecast
borrowings (taken at the year end, with cash netted against
floating rate debt and before certain adjustments for IAS 39
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement)
to be hedged (i.e. fixed or capped at the year end) over the
next four years, subject to a maximum of 65% and a minimum that
starts at 40% and falls by 10% at each year end. At the end of
2009 the fixed to floating hedging ratio, on the above basis,
was approximately 71%. This above-policy level was a result of
better than forecast cash collections in December 2009,
resulting in lower than expected net debt. A simultaneous 1%
change on 1 January in the Groups variable interest
rates in US dollar and sterling, taking into account forecast
seasonal debt, would have a £6m effect on profit before tax.
Use of
interest rate derivatives
The policy described in the section above creates a group of
derivatives, under which the Group is a payer of fixed rates and
a receiver of floating rates. The Group also aims to avoid undue
exposure to a single interest rate setting. Reflecting this
objective, the Group has predominantly swapped its fixed rate
bond issues to floating rate at their launch. This creates a
second group of derivatives, under which the Group is a receiver
of fixed rates and a payer of floating rates. The Groups
accounting objective in its use of interest rate derivatives is
to minimise the impact on the income statement of changes in the
mark-to-market
value of its derivative portfolio as a whole. It uses duration
calculations to estimate the sensitivity of the derivatives to
movements in market rates. The Group also identifies which
derivatives are eligible for fair value hedge accounting (which
reduces sharply the income statement impact of changes in the
market value of a derivative). The Group then balances the total
portfolio between hedge-accounted and pooled segments, so that
the expected movement on the pooled segment is minimal.
Liquidity
and refinancing risk management
The Groups objective is to secure continuity of funding at
a reasonable cost. To do this it seeks to arrange committed
funding for a variety of maturities from a diversity of sources.
The Groups policy objective has been that the weighted
average maturity of its core gross borrowings (treating
short-term advances as having the final maturity of the
facilities available to refinance them) should be between three
and ten years. At the end of 2009 the average maturity of gross
borrowings was 5.1 years of which bonds represented 96% of
these borrowings (up from 5.0 years and up from 90%
respectively at the beginning of the year).
The Group believes that ready access to different funding
markets also helps to reduce its liquidity risk, and that
published credit ratings and published financial policies
improve such access. All of the Groups credit ratings
remained unchanged during the year. The long-term ratings are
Baa1 from Moodys and BBB+ from Standard &
Poors, and the short-term ratings are P2 and A2
respectively. The Groups policy is to strive to maintain a
rating of Baa1/BBB+ over the long term. The Group will also
continue to use internally a range of ratios to monitor and
manage its finances. These include interest cover, net debt to
operating profit and cash flow to debt measures. The Group also
maintains undrawn committed borrowing facilities. At the end of
2009 the committed facilities amounted to £1,084m and their
weighted average maturity was 2.4 years.
F-45
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Analysis
of Group debt, including the impact of derivatives
The following tables analyse the Groups sources of funding
and the impact of derivatives on the Groups debt
instruments.
The Groups net debt position is set out below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £
|
|
|
|
millions
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
Bank loans, overdrafts and loan notes
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
Bonds
|
|
|
(1,923
|
)
|
|
|
(2,128
|
)
|
Finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net debt
|
|
|
(1,092
|
)
|
|
|
(1,460
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The split of net debt between fixed and floating rate, stated
after the impact of rate derivatives, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £
|
|
|
|
millions
|
|
|
Fixed rate
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
|
781
|
|
Floating rate
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,092
|
|
|
|
1,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross borrowings, after the impact of cross-currency rate
derivatives, analysed by currency are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
US dollar
|
|
|
1,656
|
|
|
|
2,081
|
|
Sterling
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
Other
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
2,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at 31 December 2009 the exposure of the borrowings of
the Group to interest rate changes when the borrowings re-price
is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
One to
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
one year
|
|
|
five years
|
|
|
five years
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Re-pricing profile of borrowings
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
1,087
|
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
Effect of rate derivatives
|
|
|
1,289
|
|
|
|
(762
|
)
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,363
|
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-46
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The maturity of contracted cash flows on the Groups
borrowings and all of its derivative financial instruments are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
USD
|
|
|
GBP
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Not later than one year
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
Later than one year and not later than five years
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
1,221
|
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
739
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,659
|
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
2,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysed as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving credit facilities and commercial paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonds
|
|
|
1,692
|
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,437
|
|
Rate derivatives inflows
|
|
|
(386
|
)
|
|
|
(313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(699
|
)
|
Rate derivatives outflows
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,659
|
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
2,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
USD
|
|
|
GBP
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Not later than one year
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
328
|
|
Later than one year and not later than five years
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
949
|
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
954
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,149
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysed as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving credit facilities and commercial paper
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
Bonds
|
|
|
2,237
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,592
|
|
Rate derivatives inflows
|
|
|
(392
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(413
|
)
|
Rate derivatives outflows
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,149
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All cash flow projections shown above are on an undiscounted
basis. Any cash flows based on a floating rate are calculated
using interest rates as set at the date of the last rate reset.
Where this is not possible, floating rates are based on interest
rates prevailing at 31 December in the relevant year. All
derivative amounts are shown gross, although the Group net
settles these amounts wherever possible.
Amounts drawn under revolving credit facilities and commercial
paper are assumed to mature at the maturity date of the relevant
facility, with interest calculated as payable in each calendar
year up to and including the date of maturity of the facility.
Financial
counterparty risk management
Counterparty credit limits, which take published credit rating
and other factors into account, are set to cover our total
aggregate exposure to a single financial institution. The limits
applicable to published credit ratings bands are approved by the
chief financial officer within guidelines approved by the board.
Exposures and limits applicable to each financial institution
are reviewed on a regular basis.
F-47
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Foreign
currency risk management
Although the Group is based in the UK, it has its most
significant investment in overseas operations. The most
significant currency for the Group is the US dollar. The
Groups policy on routine transactional conversions between
currencies (for example, the collection of receivables, and the
settlement of payables or interest) remains that these should be
transacted at the relevant spot exchange rate. The majority of
the Groups operations are domestic within their country of
operation. No unremitted profits are hedged with foreign
exchange contracts, as the company judges it inappropriate to
hedge non-cash flow translational exposure with cash flow
instruments. However, the Group does seek to create a natural
hedge of this exposure through its policy of aligning
approximately the currency composition of its core net
borrowings (after the impact of cross currency rate derivatives)
with its forecast operating profit before depreciation and
amortisation. This policy aims to dampen the impact of changes
in foreign exchange rates on consolidated interest cover and
earnings. The policy above applies only to currencies that
account for more than 15% of Group operating profit before
depreciation and amortisation, which currently is only the US
dollar. The Group still borrows small amounts in other
currencies, typically for seasonal working capital needs. Our
policy does not require existing currency debt to be terminated
to match declines in that currencys share of Group
operating profit before depreciation and amortisation. In
addition, currencies that account for less than 15% of Group
operating profit before depreciation and amortisation can be
included in the above hedging process at the request of the
chief financial officer.
Included within year end net debt, the net borrowings/(cash) in
the hedging currencies above (taking into account the effect of
cross currency swaps) were: US dollar £1,314m, sterling
£168m and South African rand £9m.
Use of
currency debt and currency derivatives
The Group uses both currency denominated debt and derivative
instruments to implement the above policy. Its intention is that
gains/losses on the derivatives and debt offset the losses/gains
on the foreign currency assets and income. Each quarter the
value of hedging instruments is monitored against the assets in
the relevant currency and, where practical, a decision is made
whether to treat the debt or derivative as a net investment
hedge (permitting foreign exchange movements on it to be taken
to reserves) for the purposes of IAS 39.
Financial
instruments fair value measurement
The following table provides an analysis of those financial
instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition
at fair value, grouped into levels 1 to 3, based on the
degree to which the fair value is observable:
Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from
unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets
or liabilities;
Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from
inputs, other than quoted prices included within level 1,
that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly
(as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and
Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from
valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or
liability that are not based on observable market data
(unobservable inputs).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Financial assets at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Available for sale financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in unlisted securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Financial liabilities at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative financial liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Other financial liabilities put option over minority
interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-48
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The following table analyses the movements in level 3 fair
value measurements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Investments in
|
|
|
Other financial
|
|
|
|
unlisted securities
|
|
|
liabilities
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the investments in unlisted securities is
determined by reference to the financial performance of the
underlying asset and amounts realised on the sale of similar
assets. The fair value of other financial liabilities represents
the present value of the estimated future liability.
Financial
instruments sensitivity analysis
As at 31 December 2009 the sensitivity of the Groups
financial instruments to fluctuations in interest rates and
exchange rates is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of 1%
|
|
|
Impact of 1%
|
|
|
Impact of 10%
|
|
|
Impact of 10%
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
increase in
|
|
|
decrease in
|
|
|
strengthening in
|
|
|
weakening in
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
interest rates
|
|
|
interest rates
|
|
|
sterling
|
|
|
sterling
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Investments in unlisted securities
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
58
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Bonds
|
|
|
(1,923
|
)
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
Other borrowings
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Put option over minority interest
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Other net financial assets
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial instruments
|
|
|
(525
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table shows the sensitivities of the fair values of each
class of financial instruments to an isolated change in either
interest rates or foreign exchange rates. The class Other
net financial assets comprises trade assets less trade
liabilities.
The sensitivities of derivative instruments are calculated using
established estimation techniques such as discounted cash flow
and option valuation models. Where modelling an interest rate
decrease of 1% led to negative interest rates, these points on
the yield curve were adjusted to 0%. A large proportion of the
movements shown above would impact equity rather than the income
statement, depending on the location and functional currency of
the entity in which they arise and the availability of net
investment hedge treatment. The changes in valuations are
estimates of the impact of changes in market variables and are
not a prediction of future events or anticipated gains or losses.
F-49
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
20.
|
Intangible
assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
1,264
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
|
|
494
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
297
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(230
|
)
|
|
|
(345
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
78
|
|
Transfer from software
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Transfer to inventories
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
1,727
|
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
(1,105
|
)
|
|
|
(814
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
(337
|
)
|
Charge for the year
|
|
|
(307
|
)
|
|
|
(244
|
)
|
Disposals
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
345
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
Transfer from software
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
(1,077
|
)
|
|
|
(1,105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the above are pre-publication assets amounting to
£398m (2008: £462m) which will be realised in more
than 12 months.
Amortisation is included in the income statement in cost of
goods sold.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Work in progress
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The cost of inventories relating to continuing operations
recognised as an expense and included in the income statement in
cost of goods sold amounted to £843m (2008: £832m). In
2009 £75m (2008: £56m) of inventory provisions was
charged in the income statement. None of the inventory is
pledged as security.
F-50
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
22.
|
Trade and
other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
Royalty advances
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
Prepayments and accrued income
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
Receivables from related parties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,284
|
|
|
|
1,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Royalty advances
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
Prepayments and accrued income
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables are stated at fair value, net of provisions
for bad and doubtful debts and anticipated future sales returns.
The movements on the provision for bad and doubtful debts are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
Income statement movements
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Utilised
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables
are limited due to the Groups large number of customers,
who are internationally dispersed.
The ageing of the Groups trade receivables is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Within due date
|
|
|
1,096
|
|
|
|
1,110
|
|
Up to three months past due date
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
Three to six months past due date
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
Six to nine months past due date
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Nine to 12 months past due date
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
More than 12 months past due date
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total trade receivables
|
|
|
1,419
|
|
|
|
1,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: provision for bad and doubtful debts
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
Less: provision for sales returns
|
|
|
(354
|
)
|
|
|
(372
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net trade receivables
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-51
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Group reviews its bad debt provision at least twice a year
following a detailed review of receivable balances and historic
payment profiles. Management believe all the remaining
receivable balances are fully recoverable.
|
|
23.
|
Provisions
for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
consideration
|
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At 1 January 2009
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Charged to income statement
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Released to income statement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination current year
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Acquisition through business combination prior year
adjustments
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Utilised
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2009
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Analysis of provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Current
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred consideration primarily relates to the acquisition of
Fronter in 2009.
|
|
24.
|
Trade and
other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Trade payables
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
|
450
|
|
Social security and other taxes
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Accruals
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
501
|
|
Deferred income
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
Interest payable
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Dividends payable to minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Put option over minority interest
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,720
|
|
|
|
1,650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: non-current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accruals
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Deferred income
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
Interest payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Put option over minority interest
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion
|
|
|
1,467
|
|
|
|
1,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-52
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The carrying value of the Groups payables approximates its
fair value.
The deferred income balances comprise:
|
|
|
|
|
multi-year obligations to deliver workbooks to adoption
customers in school businesses;
|
|
|
|
advance payments in assessment and testing businesses;
|
|
|
|
subscription income in school, newspaper and market pricing
businesses;
|
|
|
|
advertising income relating to future publishing days in
newspaper businesses; and
|
|
|
|
obligations to deliver digital content in future periods.
|
The put option over minority interest is the fair value of an
option held by the minority interest in our Pearson South Africa
business. The option enables the minority interest to sell their
15% share of Pearson South Africa to Pearson from 1 January
2012 at a price determined by the future performance of that
business.
|
|
25.
|
Retirement
benefit and other post-retirement obligations
|
Background
The Group operates a number of defined benefit and defined
contribution retirement plans throughout the world. For the
defined benefit plans, benefits are based on employees
length of service and final pensionable pay. Defined
contribution benefits are based on the amount of contributions
paid in respect of an individual member, the investment returns
earned and the amount of pension this money will buy when a
member retires.
The largest plan is the Pearson Group Pension Plan (UK
Group plan) with both defined benefit and defined
contribution sections. From 1 November 2006, all sections
of the UK Group plan were closed to new members with the
exception of a defined contribution section that was opened in
2003. This section is available to all new employees of
participating companies. The other major defined benefit plans
are based in the US.
Other defined contribution plans are operated principally
overseas with the largest plan being in the US. The specific
features of these plans vary in accordance with the regulations
of the country in which employees are located.
Pearson also has several post-retirement medical benefit plans
(PRMBs), principally in the US. PRMBs are unfunded but are
accounted for and valued similarly to defined benefit pension
plans.
Assumptions
The principal assumptions used for the UK Group plan and the US
PRMB are shown below. Weighted average assumptions have been
shown for the other plans, which primarily relate to US pension
plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
PRMB
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
PRMB
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
PRMB
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inflation
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
2.50
|
|
|
|
2.50
|
|
|
|
2.80
|
|
|
|
2.80
|
|
|
|
2.80
|
|
|
|
3.30
|
|
|
|
2.93
|
|
|
|
3.00
|
|
Rate used to discount plan liabilities
|
|
|
5.70
|
|
|
|
5.25
|
|
|
|
5.50
|
|
|
|
6.40
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
|
|
5.80
|
|
|
|
6.01
|
|
|
|
6.05
|
|
Expected return on assets
|
|
|
6.03
|
|
|
|
6.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.33
|
|
|
|
7.60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.50
|
|
|
|
7.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected rate of increase in salaries
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.30
|
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred
pensions
|
|
|
2.60 to 4.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.30 to 4.20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 to 4.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial rate of increase in healthcare rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.50
|
|
Ultimate rate of increase in healthcare rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-53
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The UK discount rate is based on the annualised yield on the
iBoxx over
15-year
AA-rated corporate bond index, adjusted to reflect the duration
of our liabilities. The US discount rate is set by reference to
a US bond portfolio matching model. The expected return on
assets is based on market expectations of long-term asset
returns for the defined portfolio at the end of the year.
The expected rates of return on categories of plan assets are
determined by reference to relevant indices. The overall
expected rate of return is calculated by weighting the
individual rates in accordance with the anticipated balance in
the plans investment portfolio.
The expected rate of increase in salaries has been set at 5.0%
for 2009 with a short-term assumption of 3.0% for three years.
In 2008 the UK mortality assumptions were derived by adjusting
standard mortality tables (PMFA 92 tables projected forward with
medium cohort improvement factors). In 2009 the Group changed
its mortality assumptions in the UK. The mortality base table
assumptions have been derived from the SAPS all
pensioners tables for males and the SAPS normal
health pensioners tables for females, adjusted to reflect
the observed experience of the plan, with medium cohort
improvement factors. In 2008 a 1% improvement floor on the
medium cohort was applied. In 2009 this was changed to 1.5% for
males and 1.25% for females, with tapering.
For the US plans, the assumptions used were based on standard US
mortality tables. In 2008 a switch from GAM94 to RP2000 was
made, to reflect the mortality assumption now more prevalent in
the US.
Using the above tables, the remaining average life expectancy in
years of a pensioner retiring at age 65 on the balance
sheet date for the UK and US Group plans is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK
|
|
|
US
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Male
|
|
|
22.7
|
|
|
|
21.5
|
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
Female
|
|
|
23.5
|
|
|
|
21.8
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
The remaining average life expectancy in years of a pensioner
retiring at age 65, 20 years after the balance sheet
date, for the UK and US Group plans is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK
|
|
|
US
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Male
|
|
|
25.3
|
|
|
|
23.3
|
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
Female
|
|
|
25.6
|
|
|
|
23.8
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
F-54
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Financial
statement information
The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
Sub-total
|
|
|
contribution
|
|
|
PRMB
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Current service cost
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
Past service cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expense
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
Interest on plan liabilities
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Net finance expense
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income statement charge
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
Sub-total
|
|
|
contribution
|
|
|
PRMB
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Current service cost
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Past service cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expense
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
Interest on plan liabilities
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
Net finance (income)/expense
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income statement charge
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual loss on plan assets
|
|
|
(130
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(157
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(157
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
Sub-total
|
|
|
contribution
|
|
|
PRMB
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Current service cost
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expense
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
Interest on plan liabilities
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
Net finance (income)/expense
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income statement charge
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual (loss)/return on plan assets
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-55
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The total operating charge is included in administrative and
other expenses. In 2008 the UK Group plan current service cost
included £14m (2007: £10m) relating to defined
contribution sections. In 2009 the defined contribution section
of the UK Group plan is recorded within the defined contribution
expense.
The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
funded
|
|
|
unfunded
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
funded
|
|
|
unfunded
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,609
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,727
|
|
|
|
1,478
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,578
|
|
Present value of defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(1,798
|
)
|
|
|
(151
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(1,967
|
)
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(1,594
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net pension (liability)/asset
|
|
|
(189
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other post-retirement medical benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
Other pension accruals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
Net retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(118
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysed as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement benefit assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following (losses)/gains have been recognised in other
comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Amounts recognised for defined benefit plans
|
|
|
(295
|
)
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
|
|
79
|
|
Amounts recognised for post-retirement medical benefit plans
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recognised in year
|
|
|
(299
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative amounts recognised
|
|
|
(246
|
)
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of plan assets comprises the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
funded
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
funded
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
29.8
|
|
|
|
28.0
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Bonds
|
|
|
47.2
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
49.3
|
|
|
|
40.8
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
43.0
|
|
Properties
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
Other
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
18.4
|
|
The plan assets do not include any of the Groups own
financial instruments, or any property occupied by the Group.
F-56
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Changes in the values of plan assets and liabilities of the
retirement benefit plans are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opening fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,478
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
1,578
|
|
|
|
1,744
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
1,853
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
Actuarial gains and (losses)
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(268
|
)
|
Contributions by employer
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Contributions by employee
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
Other movements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,609
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
1,727
|
|
|
|
1,478
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
1,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opening defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)
|
|
|
(165
|
)
|
|
|
(1,594
|
)
|
|
|
(1,682
|
)
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
(1,811
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
Current service cost
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
Past service cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(100
|
)
|
Actuarial gains and (losses)
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(351
|
)
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
Contributions by employee
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
Other movements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(1,798
|
)
|
|
|
(169
|
)
|
|
|
(1,967
|
)
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)
|
|
|
(165
|
)
|
|
|
(1,594
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2008 changes made to the administration of the plan
assets enabled assets relating to the defined contribution
sections of the UK Group plan to be identified separately from
those of the defined benefit section, for accounting purposes.
Defined contribution assets are no longer disclosed as part of
the UK Group plan assets. The other movements in both the change
in value of plan assets and liabilities in 2008 represent the
separation out of these defined contribution assets.
Changes in the value of the US PRMB are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Opening defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Current service cost
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Past service cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Actuarial gains and (losses)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-57
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The history of the defined benefit plans is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,727
|
|
|
|
1,578
|
|
|
|
1,853
|
|
|
|
1,633
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
Present value of defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(1,967
|
)
|
|
|
(1,594
|
)
|
|
|
(1,811
|
)
|
|
|
(1,810
|
)
|
|
|
(1,803
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net pension (liability)/asset
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
(177
|
)
|
|
|
(303
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Experience adjustments on plan assets
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
(268
|
)
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
Experience adjustments on plan liabilities
|
|
|
(351
|
)
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
Funding
The UK Group plan is self-administered with the plans
assets being held independently of the Group. The trustees of
the plan are required to act in the best interest of the
plans beneficiaries. The plan trustees and the company are
currently finalising the latest triennial valuation for funding
purposes as at 1 January 2009. At this point, the Group has
contributed an additional £20m to the plan in 2009. In
total the Group contributed £42m (2008: £21m) towards
the funding shortfall and expects to contribute a similar amount
in 2010. Regular contributions to the plan are estimated to be
£23m for 2010.
The Group expects to contribute $83m in 2010 and $126m in 2011
to its US pension plans.
Sensitivities
The net retirement benefit obligations are calculated using a
number of assumptions, the most significant being the discount
rate used to calculate the defined benefit obligation. The
effect of a one percentage point increase and decrease in the
discount rate on the defined benefit obligation and the total
pension expense is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
1% increase
|
|
|
1% decrease
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Effect on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Decrease)/increase in defined benefit obligation UK
Group plan
|
|
|
(260.2
|
)
|
|
|
325.4
|
|
(Decrease)/increase of aggregate of service cost and interest
cost UK Group plan
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
(Decrease)/increase in defined benefit obligation US
plan
|
|
|
(12.4
|
)
|
|
|
14.7
|
|
The effect of members living one year more or one year less on
the defined benefit obligation and the total pension expense is
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
1 year increase
|
|
|
1 year decrease
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Effect on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase/(decrease) in defined benefit obligation UK
Group plan
|
|
|
50.7
|
|
|
|
(49.3
|
)
|
Increase/(decrease) in defined benefit obligation US
plan
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
The effect of a one percentage point increase and decrease in
the assumed medical cost trend rates is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
1% increase
|
|
|
1% decrease
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Effect on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase/(decrease) in post-retirement medical benefit obligation
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
Increase/(decrease) of aggregate of service cost and interest
cost
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
F-58
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Group recognised the following charges in the income
statement in respect of its equity-settled share-based payment
plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Pearson plans
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Interactive Data plans
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total share-based payment costs
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group operates the following equity-settled employee option
and share plans:
Worldwide Save for Shares Plan
Since 1994, the Group has operated a Save-As-You-Earn plan for
UK employees. In 1998, the Group introduced a Worldwide Save for
Shares Plan. Under these plans, employees can save a
portion of their monthly salary over periods of three, five or
seven years. At the end of this period, the employee has the
option to purchase ordinary shares with the accumulated funds at
a purchase price equal to 80% of the market price prevailing at
the time of the commencement of the employees
participation in the plan. Options that are not exercised within
six months of the end of the savings period lapse
unconditionally.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan In 2000,
the Group established an Employee Stock Purchase Plan which
allows all employees in the US to save a portion of their
monthly salary over six month periods. At the end of the period,
the employee has the option to purchase ADRs with their
accumulated funds at a purchase price equal to 85% of the lower
of the market price prevailing at the beginning or end of the
period.
Long-Term Incentive Plan This plan was
introduced in 2001 and renewed in 2006 and consists of two
parts: share options
and/or
restricted shares.
Options were last granted under this plan in 2001 based on a
pre-grant earnings per share growth test and are not subject to
further performance conditions on exercise. The options became
exercisable in tranches and lapse if they remain unexercised at
the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.
The vesting of restricted shares is normally dependent on
continuing service over a three to five-year period, and in the
case of senior management upon the satisfaction of corporate
performance targets over a three-year period. These targets may
be based on market
and/or
non-market performance criteria. Restricted shares awarded to
senior management in March 2008 and March 2009 vest dependent on
relative shareholder return, return on invested capital and
earnings per share growth. The award was split equally across
all three measures. Other restricted shares awarded in 2008 and
2009 vest depending on continuing service over a three-year
period.
Annual Bonus Share Matching Plan This
plan permits executive directors and senior executives around
the Group to invest up to 50% of any after tax annual bonus in
Pearson shares. If these shares are held and the Group meets an
earnings per share growth target, the company will match them on
a gross basis i.e. the maximum number of matching shares is
equal to the number of shares that could have been acquired with
the amount of the pre-tax annual bonus taken in invested shares.
In addition to the above, share options remain outstanding under
Executive Share Option, Reward and Special Share Option
Plans. These are legacy plans which were replaced with the
introduction of the Long-Term Incentive Plan in 2001.
F-59
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options
granted under the Groups plans are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
share
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
share
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
Outstanding at beginning of year
|
|
|
14,379
|
|
|
|
13.14
|
|
|
|
16,781
|
|
|
|
13.15
|
|
Granted during the year
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
5.47
|
|
|
|
1,437
|
|
|
|
5.35
|
|
Exercised during the year
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
5.91
|
|
|
|
(683
|
)
|
|
|
4.85
|
|
Forfeited during the year
|
|
|
(2,488
|
)
|
|
|
13.02
|
|
|
|
(3,082
|
)
|
|
|
11.56
|
|
Expired during the year
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
5.20
|
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
|
|
6.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of year
|
|
|
12,487
|
|
|
|
12.78
|
|
|
|
14,379
|
|
|
|
13.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercisable at end of year
|
|
|
9,264
|
|
|
|
15.28
|
|
|
|
11,527
|
|
|
|
14.97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options were exercised regularly throughout the year. The
weighted average share price during the year was £7.15
(2008: £6.44). Early exercises arising from redundancy,
retirement or death are treated as an acceleration of vesting
and the Group therefore recognises in the income statement the
amount that otherwise would have been recognised for services
received over the remainder of the original vesting period.
The options outstanding at the end of the year have weighted
average remaining contractual lives and exercise prices as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
share
|
|
|
contractual
|
|
|
share
|
|
|
contractual
|
|
Range of exercise prices
|
|
options
|
|
|
life
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
life
|
|
£
|
|
000s
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
0 5
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
1.07
|
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
|
1.23
|
|
5 10
|
|
|
5,523
|
|
|
|
2.37
|
|
|
|
5,113
|
|
|
|
2.84
|
|
10 15
|
|
|
4,225
|
|
|
|
1.36
|
|
|
|
5,481
|
|
|
|
1.97
|
|
15 20
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
|
0.75
|
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
|
0.84
|
|
20 25
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
>25
|
|
|
1,953
|
|
|
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
2,074
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,487
|
|
|
|
1.57
|
|
|
|
14,379
|
|
|
|
2.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2009 and 2008 options were granted under the Worldwide Save
for Shares Plan. The weighted average estimated fair value
for the options granted was calculated using a Black-Scholes
option pricing model.
F-60
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The weighted average estimated fair values and the inputs into
the Black-Scholes model are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
£1.69
|
|
|
|
£1.67
|
|
Weighted average share price
|
|
|
£7.13
|
|
|
|
£6.96
|
|
Weighted average exercise price
|
|
|
£5.47
|
|
|
|
£5.35
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
27.32
|
%
|
|
|
21.41
|
%
|
Expected life
|
|
|
4.0 years
|
|
|
|
4.1 years
|
|
Risk free rate
|
|
|
2.45
|
%
|
|
|
4.28
|
%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
4.74
|
%
|
|
|
4.54
|
%
|
Forfeiture rate
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
The expected volatility is based on the historic volatility of
the companys share price over the previous three to seven
years depending on the vesting term of the options.
The following shares were granted under restricted share
arrangements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
average
|
|
Number of
|
|
average
|
|
|
shares
|
|
fair value
|
|
shares
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
000s
|
|
£
|
|
000s
|
|
£
|
|
Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
|
4,519
|
|
|
|
5.77
|
|
|
|
4,152
|
|
|
|
5.78
|
|
Annual Bonus Share Matching Plan
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
6.70
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
6.73
|
|
The fair value of shares granted under the Long-Term Incentive
Plan that vest unconditionally is determined using the share
price at the date of grant. Participants of the Long-Term
Incentive Plan are entitled to dividends during the vesting
period. The number of shares to vest has been adjusted, based on
historical experience, to account for any potential forfeitures.
Restricted shares granted under the Annual Bonus Share Matching
Plan are valued using the share price at the date of grant.
Shares granted include the entitlement to dividends during the
vesting period and therefore the share price is not discounted.
Restricted shares with a market performance condition were
valued by an independent actuary using a Monte Carlo model.
Restricted shares with a non-market performance condition were
fair valued based on the share price at the date of grant.
Non-market performance conditions were considered by adjusting
the number of shares expected to vest based on the most likely
outcome of the relevant performance criteria.
Subsidiary
share option plans
Interactive Data, a 61% subsidiary of the Group, operates
the following share-based payment plans:
2001 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
The 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan allows all eligible
employees worldwide to purchase stock at a discounted price at
specific times.
2000 Long-Term
Incentive Plan
Under this plan, the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors can grant share-based awards representing up to 20% of
the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at the
date of grant. The plan provides for the discretionary issuance
of share-based awards to directors, officers and employees of
Interactive Data, as well as persons who provide consulting or
other services to Interactive Data. The exercise price for all
options granted to date has been equal to the market price of
the underlying shares at the date of
F-61
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
grant. Options expire ten years from the date of grant and
generally vest over a three to four-year period without any
performance criteria attached.
In addition, grants of restricted stock can be made to certain
executives and members of the Board of Directors of Interactive
Data. The awarded shares are available for distribution, at no
cost, at the end of a three-year vesting period. No performance
criteria are attached to shares granted under this plan.
Interactive Data employees purchased 234,956 shares (2008:
183,318) under the 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at an
average share price of $19.47 (£12.06) (2008: $22.95;
£15.96). The weighted average fair value at the date of
grant was $5.82 (£3.60) (2008: $6.59; £4.58).
The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options
granted under the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
of share
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
of share
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
Outstanding at beginning of year
|
|
|
10,264
|
|
|
|
19.38
|
|
|
|
13.48
|
|
|
|
9,827
|
|
|
|
18.21
|
|
|
|
9.15
|
|
Granted during the year
|
|
|
1,224
|
|
|
|
23.25
|
|
|
|
14.40
|
|
|
|
1,449
|
|
|
|
24.95
|
|
|
|
17.35
|
|
Exercised during the year
|
|
|
(1,493
|
)
|
|
|
14.20
|
|
|
|
8.79
|
|
|
|
(895
|
)
|
|
|
15.37
|
|
|
|
10.69
|
|
Forfeited during the year
|
|
|
(159
|
)
|
|
|
24.44
|
|
|
|
15.13
|
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
22.05
|
|
|
|
15.34
|
|
Expired during the year
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
25.93
|
|
|
|
16.06
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
12.17
|
|
|
|
8.46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of year
|
|
|
9,772
|
|
|
|
20.53
|
|
|
|
12.71
|
|
|
|
10,264
|
|
|
|
19.38
|
|
|
|
13.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercisable at end of year
|
|
|
6,839
|
|
|
|
18.92
|
|
|
|
11.72
|
|
|
|
6,865
|
|
|
|
16.89
|
|
|
|
11.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The options outstanding at the end of the year have a weighted
average remaining contractual life and exercise price as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
of share
|
|
|
contractual
|
|
|
of share
|
|
|
contractual
|
|
Range of exercise prices
|
|
options
|
|
|
life
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
life
|
|
$
|
|
000s
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
0 4.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.4 7.5
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
7.5 12
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1,502
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
12 20
|
|
|
2,339
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
2,987
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
> 20
|
|
|
6,504
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
5,728
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,772
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
10,264
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-62
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The fair value of the options granted under the 2000 Long-Term
Incentive Plan and of the shares awarded under the 2001 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan was estimated using a Black-Scholes option
pricing model. The weighted average estimated fair values and
the inputs into the Black-Scholes model are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
$4.92
|
|
|
|
$5.58
|
|
|
|
$5.82
|
|
|
|
$6.59
|
|
Weighted average share price
|
|
|
$23.25
|
|
|
|
$24.95
|
|
|
|
$19.47
|
|
|
|
$22.95
|
|
Weighted average exercise price
|
|
|
$23.25
|
|
|
|
$24.95
|
|
|
|
$19.47
|
|
|
|
$22.95
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
29.70
|
%
|
|
|
24.20
|
%
|
|
|
48.40
|
%
|
|
|
33.70
|
%
|
Expected life
|
|
|
5.9 years
|
|
|
|
5.7 years
|
|
|
|
0.5 years
|
|
|
|
0.5 years
|
|
Risk free rate
|
|
|
2.4% to 2.6%
|
|
|
|
1.5% to 3.5%
|
|
|
|
0.3% to 0.4%
|
|
|
|
2.0% to 2.4%
|
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
Forfeiture rate
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
The expected volatility is based on the historic volatility of
Interactive Datas share price over the vesting term of the
options.
During the year Interactive Data granted the following shares
under restricted share arrangements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
22.92
|
|
|
|
14.19
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
25.43
|
|
|
|
17.69
|
|
Shares awarded under the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan were
valued based on the share price prevailing at the date of grant.
|
|
27.
|
Share
capital and share premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Ordinary
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
|
of shares
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
premium
|
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
At 1 January 2008
|
|
|
808,028
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
2,499
|
|
Issue of ordinary shares share option schemes
|
|
|
1,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
809,276
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
2,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issue of ordinary shares share option schemes
|
|
|
1,523
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2009
|
|
|
810,799
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
2,512
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ordinary shares have a par value of 25p per share (2008: 25p
per share). All issued shares are fully paid. All shares have
the same rights.
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the
Group will be able to continue as a going concern while
maximising the return to shareholders through the optimisation
of the debt and equity balance.
The capital structure of the Group consists of debt (see
note 18), cash and cash equivalents (see
note 17) and equity attributable to equity holders of
the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained
earnings.
The Group reviews its capital structure on a regular basis and
will balance its overall capital structure through payments of
dividends, new share issues as well as the issue of new debt or
the redemption of existing debt in line with the financial risk
policies outlined in note 19.
F-63
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pearson plc
|
|
|
Interactive Data
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
At 1 January 2008
|
|
|
11,761
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
7,229
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
2,028
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1,976
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Release of treasury shares
|
|
|
(3,341
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
10,448
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
9,205
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Release of treasury shares
|
|
|
(2,983
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2009
|
|
|
9,665
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
10,485
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group holds Pearson plc shares in trust to satisfy its
obligations under its restricted share plans (see note 26).
These shares, representing 1.2% (2008: 1.3%) of
called-up
share capital, are treated as treasury shares for accounting
purposes and have a par value of 25p per share.
Interactive Data hold their own shares in respect of share
buy-back programmes. These shares are held as treasury shares
and have a par value of $0.01.
The nominal value of Pearson plc treasury shares amounts to
£2.4m (2008: £2.6m). The nominal value of Interactive
Data treasury shares amounts to £0.07m (2008: £0.06m).
At 31 December 2009 the market value of Pearson plc
treasury shares was £86.1m (2008: £67.0m) and the
market value of Interactive Data treasury shares was
£164.3m (2008: £157.9m).
F-64
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
29.
|
Business
combinations
|
On 15 April 2009 the Group acquired Wall Street English
(WSE), Chinas leading provider of premium English language
training to adults. On 15 July 2009 the Group completed the
purchase of an additional stake in Maskew Miller Longman (MML),
its South African publishing business. Provisional values for
the assets and liabilities arising from these and other
acquisitions completed in the year together with adjustments to
prior year acquisitions are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wall Street
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
English
|
|
|
MML
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
220
|
|
Intangible assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
Current income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Net deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
Retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets/(liabilities) acquired at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in fair values of proportionate holding arising on
stepped acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Satisfied by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(201
|
)
|
|
|
(394
|
)
|
Other consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net prior year adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(244
|
)
|
|
|
(399
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying value of net (liabilities)/assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
78
|
|
Fair value adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-65
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The goodwill arising on these acquisitions results from
substantial cost and revenue synergies and from benefits that
cannot be separately recognised, such as the assembled workforce.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wall Street English
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
adjustments
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Net deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net liabilities acquired
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MML
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
adjustments
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Current income tax liabilities
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Net deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in fair values of proportionate holding arising on
stepped acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-66
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Net cash
outflow on acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Cash Current year acquisitions
|
|
|
(201
|
)
|
|
|
(394
|
)
|
|
|
(468
|
)
|
Cash Acquisitions yet to complete
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred payments for prior year acquisitions and other items
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents acquired
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash outflow on acquisition
|
|
|
(208
|
)
|
|
|
(395
|
)
|
|
|
(472
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wall Street English contributed £29m of sales and £nil
to the Groups profit before tax between the date of
acquisition and the balance sheet date. MML contributed
£22m of sales and £4m to the Groups profit
before tax between the date of acquisition and the balance sheet
date. Other businesses acquired contributed £37m to the
Groups sales and £6m to the Groups profit
before tax between the date of acquisition and the balance sheet
date.
If the acquisitions had been completed on 1 January 2009,
the Group estimates that sales for the period would have been
£5,658m and profit before tax would have been £662m.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Disposal of subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Intangible assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Net deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
Retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
(242
|
)
|
Cumulative translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets disposed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
|
|
(350
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
481
|
|
Deferred receipts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other proceeds received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss)/profit on sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-67
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Cash flow from disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Current year disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
481
|
|
Cash Transactions with minorities
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Cash and Cash equivalents disposed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Costs paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash inflow
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Further details of the Data Management business disposal in 2008
are shown in note 3.
|
|
31.
|
Cash
generated from operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Net profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
Adjustments for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Amortisation of purchased intangible assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
Amortisation of other intangible assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Net finance costs
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
Loss/(profit) on sale of discontinued operations
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
Goodwill impairment of discontinued operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
Net foreign exchange adjustment from transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Share-based payment costs
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Pre-publication
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
Retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(126
|
)
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash generated from operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,012
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash generated from operations is translated at an exchange
rate approximating to the rate at the date of cash flow. The
difference between this rate and the average rate used to
translate profit gives rise to a currency adjustment in the
reconciliation between net profit and net cash generated from
operations. This adjustment reflects the timing difference
between recognition of profit and the related cash receipts or
payments.
Included in net cash generated from operations is an amount of
£nil (2008: £nil; 2007; £7m) relating to
discontinued operations.
F-68
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
In the cash flow statement, proceeds from sale of property,
plant and equipment comprise:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Net book amount
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The principal other non-cash transactions are movements in
finance lease obligations of £8m (2008: £2m;
2007 £4m).
There are contingent Group liabilities that arise in the normal
course of business in respect of indemnities, warranties and
guarantees in relation to former subsidiaries and in respect of
guarantees in relation to subsidiaries and associates. In
addition there are contingent liabilities of the Group in
respect of legal claims. None of these claims are expected to
result in a material gain or loss to the Group.
There were no commitments for capital expenditure contracted for
at the balance sheet date but not yet incurred.
The Group leases various offices and warehouses under
non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The leases have
varying terms and renewal rights. The Group also leases various
plant and equipment under operating lease agreements, also with
varying terms. The lease expenditure charged to the income
statement during the year is disclosed in note 4.
The future aggregate minimum lease payments in respect of
operating leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Not later than one year
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
Later than one year and not later than two years
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
Later than two years and not later than three years
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Later than three years and not later than four years
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
Later than four years and not later than five years
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
|
970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,487
|
|
|
|
1,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34.
|
Related
party transactions
|
Joint ventures and associates Amounts
advanced to joint ventures and associates during the year and at
the balance sheet date are set out in note 12. Amounts
falling due from joint ventures and associates are set out in
note 22.
Key management personnel Key
management personnel are deemed to be the members of the board
of directors of Pearson plc. It is this board which has
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the
activities of the Group. Key management personnel compensation
is disclosed in the directors remuneration report.
There were no other material related party transactions.
No guarantees have been provided to related parties.
F-69
|
|
35.
|
Events
after the balance sheet date
|
During January 2010, the Group announced that Interactive Data
was undertaking a preliminary review of strategic alternatives
for its business. At the date of this report, the outcome of the
review is still uncertain.
On 3 February 2010 the FT Publishing business announced the
acquisition of Medley Global Advisors LLC, a premier provider of
macro policy intelligence to the worlds top investment
banks, hedge funds and asset managers for $15.5m.
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets the requirements
for filing on
Form 20-F
and that it has caused and authorized the undersigned to sign
this annual report on its behalf.
Pearson plc
Robin Freestone
Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 31, 2009
F-70